Product Guide

Reflex, Thinking solutions.

www.reflex-winkelmann.com
 From the initial idea
to the solution

2
 Contents

Reflex - Diaphragm and Bladder Expansion Vessels

For heating, chilled water, and solar

The Company
applications
Reflex N 11
Reflex C 12
Reflex F 12
Reflex S 13
Reflex G 14
Smooth operation in supply Reflex V 16
engineering thanks to system For potable water applications
solutions Refix C-DE 19
Refix DC 19
Refix DE 20
Refix HW 24
Reflex Winkelmann GmbH belongs to the Refix DD 25
Heating&Water division of the Winkelmann Refix DT 26
Group over 4,000 employees worldwide. The Reflex & Refix Applications 30
company is a leading brand manufacturer and
solution provider for the smooth operation of Pressurisation Systems
water-carrying systems in supply engineering Reflexomat Compressor Controlled Systems 31
Variomat Pump Controlled Systems 43
and modern building services. In addition to
Variomat Giga Pump Controlled Systems 53
expansion vessels, we develop, manufacture
and distribute innovative components and Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment
complete solutions for pressure-maintaining, Fillset 64
water make-up, degassing, water treatment Fillcontrol 65
and storage as well as heat exchangers. Fillcontrol Auto 66
Fillsoft 70

Extensive Product Range Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec 75
Reflex represents a large range of products Servimat 87
and services, offering innovative systems for Exvoid 95
Exdirt 99
heating, cooling and hot-water supply and a Extwin 104
multitude of other services. Exdirt V 109
Reflex LA 110
The Reflex product range comprises : Accessories 111
• Expansion Vessels
• Pressurisation Systems Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers
Storatherm Aqua AB / AF / 1 116
• Water Make-Up Systems & Water Storatherm Aqua Solar AB / AF / 2 118
Treatment Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump AH / 1 - 2 120
• Degassing Systems & Separation Storatherm Aqua Compact AC 121
Technology Storatherm Aqua Load AL / R 122
• Hot Water Storage Tanks & Storatherm Aqua Inox AI / 1 124
Heat Exchangers Accessories Storatherm Aqua 126
Storatherm Heat HF 129
Storatherm Heat H / HF..R 131
For constant reliable heat Storatherm Heat H / HF/..1 132
and water supply. Storatherm Heat H / HF/..2
Storatherm Heat Combi HC /..1/..2
132
133
Sinus Buffer Tanks 134
www.reflex-winkelmann.com Longtherm Heat Exchangers 139

Digital Services 149

Contact 152

3
 Reflex City

4
1 kW
Products and systems by Reflex and Sinusverteiler are installed
in central heating/cooling station as well as solar and water
supply facilities in buildings of any size and type. From single-
family dwellings to large apartment and commercial buildings,
hospitals, schools and arenas, airports, district heating facilities
and large industrial complexes-you will find the perfect and
optimally coordinated solutions from the Heating & Water
division of the Winkelmann Group. System solutions for pressure
maintaining, degassing, water treatment, heating and storage
as well as distribution engineering and low-loss headers
comprise the entire product spectrum. The highly-efficient
synergies of Reflex and Sinusverteiler are particularly important
to us. We can support you in finding the perfect solution from
the first planning stage onward.
5
 Pressure maintenance

Pressure maintenance system tasks

Correct pressure ratios are a basic precondition for correct Essentially, pressure maintenance systems have to fulfill three
functioning of heating, solar and cooling water systems and fundamental tasks:
pressure booster systems. Like all other substances, the volume
of water changes with its temperature. Unlike other liquids, water 1. Maintain the pressure within permissible limits at all points
does not expand proportionately to the temperature. As water in the facility system. This means ensuring the permissible
cannot be compressed, this means the pressure increases operating pressure is not exceeded but also maintaining
significantly in closed systems as the temperature changes. a minimum pressure to avoid negative pressures, cavitation
and evaporation.
Optimum pressure maintenance is achieved with two different
pressure maintenance systems depending on the application : 2. Compensating fluctuations in the volume of the facility water
as a result of fluctuations in temperature.
ZZ
Static pressure maintenance systems (expansion vessels)
ZZ
Dynamic pressure maintenance systems 3. Balancing systemic water losses using a water reservoir.

Water uptake volume of a pressure expansion vessel Expansion volume flow and point of zero pressure

Pressure maintenance is required to compensate fluctuations A balancing volume flow must be transported via the expansion
in volume between the maximum and the minimum system line between the system and pressure maintenance such that
temperature and thus to maintain the pressure within a the calculated pressures for the pressure maintenance are
permissible range. To achieve this, there must be a sufficient produced correctly at the point of zero pressure.
water uptake volume which must correspond to the expansion In closed heating, solar and cooling systems, it is assumed that
volume Ve and the water reservoir Vv. If devices are installed the expansion volume flow V·e is the largest possible balancing
·
which extract and feed back a volume of water VD from the volume flow. It occurs when the thermal output Q G of heating or
system during operation, such as a vacuum degasser, this must cooling sources is switched on or off.
also be taken into consideration. This also applies to volumes
of steam VS which occur during downtimes in solar collectors.
If the temperature of the medium drops below 0°C or exceeds
70 °C at the connection point of the pressure maintenance in
the facility system, an auxiliary vessel is to be installed in order
to protect the bladder of the expansion vessel. Thermal
·
output Q G
Point of zero pressure

Water uptake volume Water uptake volume

VD water volume to be balanced, e.g. VD water volume to be balanced, e.g.

with vacuum degassers with vacuum degassers
VS volume of steam occurring Expansion VS volume of steam occurring
during solar system downtime volume V·e during solar system downtime
V0 V0
Ve expansion volume Ve expansion volume
Expansion
volume VDi
VV water reservoir VV water feed

- in heating systems proportion of Ve for t > 70 °C

- in cooling systems proportion of Ve for t < 0 °C

6
Static pressure maintenance systems
Expansion vessels work as expansion or buffer vessels without Buffer and control vessels have to provide an intermediate
electricity, a compressor or pump. Expansion vessels have to storage for the difference between the requested and the required
balance the volume fluctuations between the greatest and the volume flow. If the requirement is to reduce the switching
lowest temperature. Product in the Reflex portfolio are used as frequency of the feed device, this is also known as a control vessel.
expansion vessels in heating, solar and cooling water systems and In principle, the Refix product range is used as a buffer vessel in a
products in the Refix portfolio are used to save potable water in pressure booster system while the Reflex range is used as a control
hot water heating systems. vessel in pump-driven pressure maintenance stations.

Reflex for closed Refix for potable and

heating, solar and process water systems
cooling water systems as well as special
applications

Installation and function

Nitrogen filler valve

Reflex in a Refix in a
heating system Gas chamber pad pressure booster
(example) system (example)
Membrane ΔV = V1–V2

Water chamber
Pressure booster system

Water uptake Water release

V2 V1
Facility system
Consumer unit

The pressure pad supports the water column in the system and is device. When the pressure drops below the cut-in pressure, the
adjusted accordingly before the vessel is filled with a volume of pump switches on and feeds the water. If the consumer units
water. As the system is heated, the pressure increases resulting in remove a lesser amount, the difference is temporarily stored in the
the expanding water flowing from the facility system to the water buffer tank until the pressure pad is compressed to the cut-out
chamber. The pressure pad in the gas chamber is compressed and pressure and the pressure booster system switches off. The
the pressure increases. As the system cools, the volume decreases resulting pressure drop leads to a reduction in volume. If the
and the pressure drops, the expansion water flows out of the water consumer units draw water, temporarily stored water is extracted
chamber back into the facility system. The pressure pad in the gas from the buffer tank until the the cut-in pressure occurs at the
chamber is adjusted to just under the cut-in pressure of the feed pressure pad and the pressure booster system is switched on again.

7
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels

Heating, cooling and solar applications

3 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar

F C N N G S G
Diaphragm Bladder Diaphragm Diaphragm Bladder Diaphragm Bladder

C 8-80 N 8-35
Non-replaceable Diaphragm
Butyl bladder N 35-140 litres

F 8-24
Diaphragm

N 200-1000 litres

S 2-33 litres
Bladder

S 50-600 litres
Diaphragm

G 100-10000 litres G 100-10000

optional: 16/25 bar

Intermediate Tank (Without Membrane)

V 500–5000 litres → 6 bar/110 °C
V 6–5000 litres → 10 bar/110 °C

Other temperatures and working pressures optionally available

8
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Potable water and service water applications

heating systems according to DIN 1988

For potable water, pressurerising and water-
DD
Bladder
DD 2–33/10 bar
DD 8/25 bar

DT
Bladder

DT 60–3000/10 bar
DT 80–3000/16 bar

water systems, underfloor heating and geothermal installations.

Only for systems not required to meet DIN 1988, such as fire-fighting and service
C-DE
Bladder
C-DE 8–80/10 bar

DE
Bladder

DE 2–10000/10 bar
DE 8–10000/16 bar
DE 8–10000/25 bar

HW
Bladder
HW 25–100/10 bar

DC
Diaphragm

DC 25–600/10 bar

Water shock arrestor

WD
Diaphragm
0.165 litre/10 bar 1 litre/10 bar

9
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Working Principle

Pa Pfin
Pfin ≤ Psv - 0,5 bar (for Psv ≤ 5 bar)
Po
Psv Pfin ≤ Psv x 0,9 bar (for Psv > 5 bar)
Pst

Vws Vws + Ve

Pressurisation systems - tasks

Pressurisation systems have a central relevance in heating and cooling circuits and must essentially fulfill four fundamental tasks :

1. Maintaining the pressure within permissible limits at every point of the system, that is, the permissible working pressure must not be exceeded as well
as maintaining a minimum pressure to prevent vacuum, cavitation and evaporation of the system liquid, e.g. in circuits with overheated water, solar
systems.
2. To prevent a negative pressure at the highest points of the installation in order to avoid the intrusion of air into the piping network.
3. Compensation of volume fluctuations of the heating or cooling water due to temperature fluctuations.
4. Providing a water seal to prevent system-related water losses.

Careful calculation, commissioning and maintenance are the prerequisite for the correct functioning of the overall system :

Ve = Vs x n
Vws = 0,005 x Vs
Vn = Nominal volume, litres Pst = Static height
Pfin - P0
DF = Ve = Expanded volume, litres P0 = Pre-charge pressure
Pfin + 1
Vws = Water reserve, litres Pa = Initial pressure
Ve + Vws
Vn ≥ Vs = Total water content, litres Pfin = Final system pressure
DF
n = Expansion coefficient (Eg.: for 90°C, e = 0,0355) Psv = Safety valve opening pressure
Pfin = Psv - 0,5 bar (Psv < 5 bar)
DF = Acceptance factor
Pfin = Psv - 0,1 x Psv bar (Psv > 5 bar)

10
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex N
• For closed heating and cooling systems ØD
• With threaded connection ØD

• Non-replaceable diaphragm in accordance ØD

with DIN EN 13831/3, max. permissible
operating temperature : 70°C
• Anti-freeze additives with a concentration of 25 to 50%
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment
H
directives 2014/68/EU H
H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Max. permissible system temperature : 120°C h
h

8-25 litres 35-140 litres 200-1000 litres

Option
Wall-hung bracket
Article No : 7611000

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
4 bar / 70°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
N8 8202501 7202801 12 84 1.70 272 236 - R 3/4 1.5

4 bar N 12 8203301 7203501 12 60 2.75 272 317 - R 3/4 1.5

N 18 8204301 7204401 12 60 3.60 308 360 - R 3/4 1.5
N 25 8206301 7206401 12 48 4.35 308 481 - R 3/4 1.5
N 35 8208401 7208501 12 24 5.60 376 466 130 R 3/4 1.5

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
6 bar / 70°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
N 50 8209300 7209400 13 24 9.60 441 487 175 R 3/4 1.5

6 bar N 80 8210200 7210600 13 12 13.28 512 558 172 R1 1.5

N 100 8216300 - 13 10 15.84 512 669 172 R1 1.5
N 140 8211400 - 13 6 19.90 512 890 172 R1 1.5
N 200 8213300 - 18 4 23.80 634 758 205 R1 1.5
N 250 8214300 - 18 4 24.70 634 888 205 R1 1.5
N 300 8215300 - 18 - 27.0 634 1092 235 R1 1.5
N 400 8218000 - 18 - 47.0 740 1102 245 R1 1.5
N 500 8218300 - 18 - 52.0 740 1321 245 R1 1.5
N 600 8218400 - 18 - 66.0 740 1531 245 R1 1.5
N 800 8218500 - 18 - 96.0 740 1996 245 R1 1.5
N 1000 8218600 - 18 - 118.0 740 2413 245 R1 1.5

Manometer Air-vent
5 bar
Safety Valve - Rp 1/2”
Rp 3/8 SV
Rp 1/2
Rp 3/8
Article No : 9125465 Reflex Lockshield Cap Valve
• Shut-off device for inspection and removal of expansion vessels
• Including drain valve
• According to DIN EN 12828
• PN 10 / 120°C
Additional Opening Article No Material Group
Rp 3/4
R 3/4 x 3/4 7613000 84
10 bar
Manometer - Rp 1/4” Exvoid-T Airvent R1x1 7613100 84
Article No : 9117007 Article No : 9250038

Holder with
Reflex Wall hung holder for vessels 8 - 25 litres
multiple connections
Article No : 7612000
• Holder with multiple connections
Article No Material Group
8 - 25 l 7612000 75

Lockshield cap valve

11
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex C
• For closed heating and cooling systems ØD d
• With threaded connection
• Non-replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831/3,
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• Anti-freeze additives with a concentration of 25 to 50%
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Max. permissible system temperature : 120°C

A
w

Option
Lockshield cap valve
Article No : 7613000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H d W Pre-charge

PU A
3 bar / 70°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm mm pressure bar
C8 8280000 17 96 2.8 280 296 176 52 G 1/2 1.0

3 bar C 12 8280100 17 60 3.2 354 370 182 64 G 1/2 1.0

C 18 8280200 17 42 4.7 354 370 236 76 G 3/4 1.0
C 25 8280300 17 42 5.5 409 427 253 93 G 3/4 1.0
C 35 8280400 17 24 7.3 480 465 256 97 G 3/4 1.0
C 50 8280500 17 20 8.1 480 465 332 125 G 3/4 1.5
C 80 8280600 17 8 14.5 634 621 338 135 G 3/4 1.5

Reflex F
• For closed heating and cooling systems ØD W ØB W
• With threaded connection
• From 18 litres provided with suspension bracket
for easy installation
• Non-replaceable diaphragm in accordance with
DIN EN 13831/3, max. permissible operating H H
temperature : 70°C
• Anti-freeze additives with a concentration of 25 to 50%
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) A A
• Max. permissible system temperature : 120°C
8 litres 12-24 litres
• Reflex F 8 vessel honoured with Plus X Award

Type Material Weight ØD H W B Pre-charge

Article No PU A
3 bar / 70°C Group kg mm mm mm mm pressure bar
F8 9600011 15 54 6.3 389 - 88 - G 3/8 0.75

3 bar F 12 9600030 15 36 7.7 - 444 108 350 G 1/2 1.0

F 15 9600040 15 36 8.2 - 444 134 350 G 3/4 1.0
F 18 9600000 15 28 8.7 - 444 158 350 G 3/4 1.0
F 24 9600010 15 25 9.4 - 444 180 350 G 3/4 1.0

12
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex S
• For closed heating and cooling systems ØD
• With threaded connection
• 33 litres with suspension brackets ØD
• From 50 litres with feet
• Non-replaceable bladder up to 33 litres ØD
• Non-replaceable diaphragm 50-600 litres in accordance
with DIN EN 13831/3, max. permissible operating
temperature : 70°C H
• For anti-freeze additives with a concentration of 25 to 50% H
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Max. permissible system temperature : 120°C h h

A
2-33 litres 50-250 litres 300-600 litres

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
S2 8707700 - 14 280 1.0 132 260 - G 3/4 0.5

10 bar S8 8703900 9702600 14 96 1.8 206 332 - G 3/4 1.5

S 12 8704000 9702700 14 60 2.5 280 300 - G 3/4 1.5
S 18 8704100 9702800 14 56 3.2 280 409 - G 3/4 1.5
S 25 8704200 9702900 14 42 3.8 280 518 - G 3/4 1.5
S 33 8706200 9706300 14 24 6.3 354 455 - G 3/4 1.5
S 50 8209500 - 19 20 9.5 409 469 158 R 3/4 3.0
S 80 8210300 - 19 12 12.1 480 562 166 R1 3.0
S 100 8210500 - 19 10 14.2 480 667 165 R1 3.0
S 140 8211500 - 19 6 17.4 480 886 172 R1 3.0
S 200 8213400 - 19 - 35.6 634 758 205 R1 3.0
S 250 8214400 - 19 - 40.8 634 888 205 R1 3.0
S 300 8215400 - 19 - 47.0 634 1092 235 R1 3.0
S 400 8219000 - 19 - 61.0 740 1102 245 R1 3.0
S 500 8219100 - 19 - 72.0 740 1321 245 R1 3.0
S 600 8219200 - 19 - 87.0 740 1559 245 R1 3.0

Accessories
Digital pressure gauge Reflex lockshield valve

• Inlet pressure tester up to about 9 bar • Secured shut-off for the maintenance and
• Pressure indication bar, kPa, psi dismantling of expansion vessels
• With draining
• According to DIN EN 12828 norm
• PN 10/120 °C

Material Weight
Type Art. No.
group [kg]
Supply pressure test device to approx. 9 bar 9119198 86 0.1
Lockshield valve R 3/4” 7613000 84 0.4
Lockshield valve R 1” 7613100 84 0.6

13
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex G
• For closed heating and cooling systems ØD

• Connections :
up to 1000 litres / Ø 740 mm with threaded connections ØD
from 1000 litres / Ø 1000 mm with flanged connections
• 3000 to 10.000 litres with upper flange
• Inspection opening : Above 1000 litres / Ø 1000mm ØD
• Replaceable bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831/3,
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• For anti-freeze additives with a concentration of 25 to 50% H
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
H
• Factory-mounted pressure gauge
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating H
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Max. permissible system temperature : 120°C
• Lifting lugs
A h

100-500 litres 600-1000 (Ø 740) litres 1000 (Ø 1000)-2000 litres

Option
AG Connection

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
6 bar / 70°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8519000 21 19.2 480 850 145 G1 3.5
G 200 8519100 21 36.5 634 967 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
6 bar
G 300 8519200 21 41.6 634 1267 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 400 8521605 21 43.0 740 1276 146 G1 3.5
G 500 8521705 21 51.0 740 1494 146 G1 3.5
G 600 8522605 21 66.0 740 1739 146 G1 3.5
G 800 8523610 21 94.0 740 2186 149 G1 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 740 8546605 21 150.0 740 2593 146 G1 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 1000 8524605 22 228.0 1000 1973 307 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 1500 8526605 22 280.0 1200 1971 305 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 2000 8527605 22 300.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 3000 8544605 22 620.0 1500 2490 334 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 4000 8529605 22 770.0 1500 3065 334 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 5000 8530605 22 849.0 1500 3598 344 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 8000 Per Request 22 979.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN16 3.5
G 10000 Per Request 22 1166.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN16 3.5

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 70°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8518000 21 19.2 480 850 146 G1 3.5
G 200 8518100 21 33.4 634 966 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
10 bar
G 300 8518200 21 34.6 634 1267 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 400 8521005 21 52.0 740 1275 133 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 500 8521006 21 60.0 740 1494 133 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 600 8522006 21 118.0 740 1859 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 800 8523005 21 166.0 740 2324 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 740 8546005 21 190.0 740 2648 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 1000 8524005 22 335.0 1000 2001 286 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 1500 8526005 22 390.0 1200 1991 291 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 2000 8527005 22 485.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 3000 8544005 22 830.0 1500 2542 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 4000 8529005 22 1064.0 1500 3117 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 5000 8530005 22 1274.0 1500 3652 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 8000 8545000 22 1470.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 3.5
G 10000 8533000 22 1750.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 3.5

14
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex G
ØD
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
Bladder • For the signalling of bladder rupture
Control • Consists of an electrode and relay
(factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel
H

3000-10000 litres Relay Electrode

Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted

Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
16 bar / 70°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8518400 21 25.0 480 992 231 DN 25/PN 16 3.5
G 200 8518500 21 57.0 634 1088 221 DN 25/PN 16 3.5
16 bar
G 300 8518600 21 66.0 634 1392 221 DN 25/PN 16 3.5
G 400 8510206 21 118.0 740 1373 198 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 500 8518700 21 130.0 740 1618 197 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 600 8522007 21 158.0 740 1871 198 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 800 8523906 21 221.0 740 2336 198 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 740 8546906 21 260.0 740 2804 201 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 1000 / Ø 1000 8524205 22 468.0 1000 2031 276 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 1500 8526305 22 650.0 1200 2021 281 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 2000 8527100 22 731.0 1200 2481 281 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 3000 8544705 22 805.0 1500 2550 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 4000 8529405 22 890.0 1500 3110 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 5000 8529705 22 1020.0 1500 3645 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5

Options
• For particularly rapid assembly and Type Article No Suitable For Model Weight (kg)
AG Connection

maintenance of expansion vessels R1 9119204 G 100 (6 - 10 bar), G 400 - G 1000 / Ø 740 (6 bar) 0.9
• Includes safe shut-off and connecting
R 1 1/4 9119205 G 200 - G 300 (6 bar), G 200 - G 500 (10 bar) 1.0
bends with screw connection
R 1 1/2 9119206 G 600 - G 1000 / Ø 740 (10 bar) 1.2
• With G ½” drainage cock and hose fitting
• To DIN EN 12828
• Individual approval carried out by the Vessel coupling connection
TÜV [Notified body] in accordance with
the 2014/68/EU directives Lockshield valve
• PN 16/120°C
• Flanged connection :
For G 1000 - 5000 tanks : DN 150, DN 200
For G 8000 - 10000 tanks : DN 300 Drain valve Expansion line

15
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex V Intermediate Tank

• Auxiliary vessel without bladder
• To avoid faster aging of diaphragm/bladder when subjected to higher temperatures
(heating) and to prevent condensation water from freezing (cooling)
• Necessary for installations subject to norm EN 13831 with return temperatures > 70°C
or cooling systems at ≤ 0°C
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Flanged water connections : 200 litres and above
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating ØD
• Max. permissible system temperature : 110°C or 120°C
(depending on configuration and size)
ØD
• Lifting lugs
ØD

ØD
ØD

ØD
H

H
H
H H
H

A
h
A

6-20 litres 40-60 litres 200-350 litres 500-750 litres 1000-2000 litres 3000-5000 litres

Article No Material Weight ØD H h

Type PU A
Grey Group kg mm mm mm
V 500 8852800 24 - 160.0 750 1717 208 DN 40/PN 6
6 bar V 750 8851800 24 - 205.0 750 2323 208 DN 40/PN 6
110°C V 1000 8851905 24 - 310.0 1000 2020 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 1500 8852305 24 - 445.0 1200 2020 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 2000 8852405 24 - 545.0 1200 2478 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 3000 8852505 24 - 775.0 1500 2556 337 DN 65/PN 6
V 4000 8853405 24 - 1060.0 1500 3131 337 DN 65/PN 6
V 5000 8854805 24 - 1095.0 1500 3666 337 DN 65/PN 6

Article No Material Weight ØD H h

Type PU A
Grey Group kg mm mm mm
V6 8303100 24 96 2.0 206 244 - R 3/4
10 bar V 12 8303200 24 72 3.0 280 244 - R 3/4
110°C V 20 8303300 24 42 3.5 280 360 - R 3/4
V 40 8303400 24 18 7.8 409 562 113 R1
V 60 8303500 24 12 23.0 409 732 172 R1
V 200 8303600 24 - 43.0 634 901 142 DN 40/PN 16
V 300 8303700 24 - 48.0 634 1201 142 DN 40/PN 16
V 350 8303800 24 - 51.0 634 1341 142 DN 40/PN 16
V 500 8400105 24 - 160.0 750 1644 142 DN 40/PN 16
10 bar V 750 8400155 24 - 420.0 750 2258 208 DN 40/PN 16
120°C V 1000 8400205 24 - 560.0 1000 2055 286 DN 65/PN 16
V 1500 8400305 24 - 780.0 1200 2045 284 DN 65/PN 16
V 2000 8400405 24 - 940.0 1200 2505 284 DN 65/PN 16
V 3000 8400505 24 - 1405.0 1500 2600 313 DN 65/PN 16
V 4000 8400605 24 - 1930.0 1500 3178 313 DN 65/PN 16
V 5000 8400705 24 - 2015.0 1500 3713 313 DN 65/PN 16

Options
• Operation pressure > 10 bar
• Nominal volume > 5000 litres
• Operation temperature > 110°C
• German TÜV factory test certification
• Individual approval carried out by the TÜV [Notified body]
in accordance with the 2014/68/EU directives

16
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
V Intermediate Tank Applications
The V Intermediate tank protects the diaphragm / bladder of expansion vessels from impermissible temperature loads. According to DIN 4807 T3 and
EN 13831, the continuous temperature on the diaphragms must not exceed 70°C. In a cooling water systems, temperatures ≤ 0°C should be avoided.

In heating & solar systems In cooling circuits

As a rule, heating & solar systems are operated at return If temperature is 0°C, we recommend to an intermediate tank
temperatures of ≤ 70°C. The installation of intermediate will be installed before the cooling vessel. To size the intermediate
tank is not necessary. In the case of older systems and tank volume (Vn), consult Reflex calculation program.
industrial plants, return temperatures > 70°C are sometimes
unavoidable.

t > 70°C t ≤ 0°C

t > 0°C

Vn Vn

t ≤ 70°C

V Intermediate Tank Calculation

• If the temperature is ≤ 0°C, before expansion vessel Reflex V essentials to set provisional capacity :

Vn = 0.005 x Vs Vn = Nominal tank volume, Litres Vs = Total volume of the system, Litres

% expansion
of the system
by volume

Meanwhile, at the point

RL “connection tank”

The total volume of the system Vs = 50 m³ = 50000 l

Max. system pressure = 10 bar
Flow Temperature = 105°C
Return Temperature = 80°C
Vcal = Vs x n

n = Expansion coefficient at an average temperature in the system (for example, 105/80°C, n = 0,038 from Reflex Pro software).
(If there is a possibility that the return temperature rises to a temperature in the supply line must be used the coefficient of expansion at max. temperature
to 105°C, n = 0,047)

Vcal = Vs x n = 50,000 * 0,038 = 1,900 litres

When the temperature in the return line 80°C provisional volume capacity Reflex V is equal to 8% of the volume expansion system,

Vn = 1900 * 0.08 = 152 litres

Recommendation : Reflex V 200/10 bar

17
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Quick Selection Table For Diaphragm Expansion Vessels

For detailed calculations, refer to our brochure “Pressurisation Systems - Planning, Calculation, Equipment” or visit www.reflex-winkelmann.com to use our
Reflex calculation software

Safety valve Psv bar 2.5 Vn 3.0 Vn 4.0 Vn 5.0 Vn

Pre-set pressure bar P0 1.0 1,5 litres 0.5 1.0 1,5 1,8 litres 1,5 2.0 2,5 3.0 litres 2.0 2,5 3.0 3,5 4.0 litres

Content litres Vs 48 - 8 133 82 31 - 8 87 48 8 - 8 91 58 26 - - 8

71 - 12 199 122 46 - 12 131 71 12 - 12 136 88 39 - - 12
134 - 18 325 210 96 27 18 223 134 45 - 18 231 158 85 12 - 18
238 52 25 504 344 185 89 25 362 238 114 - 25 373 272 170 69 - 25
387 126 35 730 536 313 179 33 561 387 213 - 33 576 434 292 150 8 33

608 238 50 1043 782 504 313 50 811 608 362 114 50 829 664 475 272 69 50
973 461 80 1668 1251 834 580 80 1298 973 649 263 80 1327 1062 796 513 191 80
1217 608 100 2086 1564 1043 730 100 1622 1217 811 362 100 1659 1327 995 664 272 100
1703 852 140 2920 2190 1460 1022 140 2271 1703 1135 561 140 2322 1858 1393 929 434 140
2433 1217 200 4171 3128 2086 1460 200 3244 2433 1622 811 200 3318 2654 1991 1327 664 200
3041 1521 250 5214 3910 2607 1825 250 4055 3041 2028 1014 250 4147 3318 2488 1659 829 250
3650 1825 300 6257 4692 3128 2190 300 4866 3650 2433 1217 300 4977 3981 2986 1991 995 300
4866 2433 400 8342 6257 4171 2920 400 6488 4866 3244 1622 400 6636 5309 3981 2654 1327 400
6083 3041 500 10428 7821 5214 3650 500 8110 6083 4055 2088 500 8295 6636 4977 3318 1659 500
7299 3650 600 12513 9385 6257 4380 600 9732 7299 4866 2433 600 9954 7963 5972 3981 1991 600
9732 4866 800 16684 12513 8342 5839 800 12976 9732 6488 3244 800 13271 10617 7963 5309 2654 800
12165 6083 1000 20855 15641 10428 7299 1000 16221 12165 8110 4055 1000 16586 13271 9954 6636 3318 1000

Water content (approximately) Selection example Results table

Radiators : pSV = 3 bar pSV = 3 bar
·
VA = Q [kW] x 13.5 l/kW H = 13 m p0 = 1.5 bar
·
Q = 40 kW (90/70°C panel) VA = 1,411 l
Selection Panel radiators :
·
VA = Q [kW] x 8.5 l/kW
VPH = 1,000 l (V buffer storage) Vn = 200 l
(for VA, max. 1,360)
example Chiller : Calculation : Selected :
·
VS = Q [kW] x 18 l/kW → VA = 40 kW x 8.5 l/kW + 1000 = 1340 l 1 x Reflex N 200, 6 bar → page 11
1 x cap valve → page 11
13
p0 ≥ (—+ 0.2 bar) = 1.5 bar
10

Theoretical principles
Expansion vessels with a gas charge are functional without auxiliary energy, and for this
reason, they are classified as static pressurisation systems. A gas blanket in the vessel
generates the pressure.

Water level and pressure in the gas chamber are interconnected (p x V = constant).
Vn
For this reason, it is not possible to utilise the entire nominal volume Vn for holding water.

The nominal volume is larger than the required water holding volume
Vn = (Ve + Vws) Pf + 1
Pf - P0
This is one reason for the preference of dynamic pressure maintaining systems in larger
systems and tight pressure ratios (Pf - P0).

Calculating the nominal volume

Pf + 1
Vn = (Ve + Vws)
18 Pf - P0
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix C - DE
• For potable water and hydro-pneumatic well applications ØD d
• Threaded stainless steel connection
• Components in contact with water have corrosion protection
• Provided with suspension bracket for easy wall mounting
• Non-replaceable butyl bladder, according to DIN EN 13831/3,
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
H
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

A
W

Option
Lockshield cap valve
Article No : 7613000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H d W Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm mm pressure bar
C-DE 8 7270900 17 96 3.8 280 296 176 52 G 1/2 4.0
C-DE 12 7270910 17 60 5.2 354 370 182 64 G 1/2 4.0
10 bar
C-DE 18 7270920 17 42 5.7 356 370 236 76 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 25 7270930 17 42 8.3 409 427 253 93 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 35 7270940 17 24 13.0 480 465 256 97 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 50 7270950 17 20 15.4 480 465 332 125 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 80 7270960 17 8 22.4 634 621 338 135 G 3/4 4.0

Refix DC
• For potable water and hydro-pneumatic well applications ØD
• Threaded connection
• Components in contact with water have corrosion protection
• Non-replaceable diaphragm, according to DIN EN 13831/3, ØD
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating ØD
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
H
• Lifting lugs
H

A h

25 litres 50-400 litres 500-600 litres

Option
AG Connection
Article No : 9119204

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DC 25 7200400 54 4.8 289 510 - G1 2.0
DC 50 7309600 54 12.5 418 588 115 R1 4.0
10 bar
DC 80 7309700 54 17.5 489 676 103 R1 4.0
DC 100 7309800 54 21.1 489 782 103 R1 4.0
DC 140 7309900 54 29.0 489 997 104 R1 4.0
DC 200 7363500 54 40.0 643 883 91 R1 4.0
DC 300 7363600 54 52.0 643 1184 93 R1 4.0
DC 400 7363700 54 78.0 749 1173 81 R1 4.0
DC 500 7363800 54 80.0 749 1392 82 R1 4.0
DC 600 7363900 54 103.0 749 1629 75 R1 4.0

19
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DE
• For potable water, water heating and hydro-pneumatic well applications
• Threaded connections up to 1000 litres
• Flanged connections above 1000 litres
• 3000 to 10.000 litres with upper flange
ØD
• Bladder according to DIN EN 13831/3,
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• From 60 litres, with replaceable bladder ØD
• From 50 litres, with feet
• Factory-mounted pressure gauge from Ø 1000 mm ØD

• Components in contact with water have corrosion protection

• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating H
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) H
• Lifting lugs

A A
Option h
Wall-hung bracket
2-25 litres 33 litres 50-500 litres
Article No : 7611000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 1 7100300 40 - 1.0 122 173 - G 1/2 4
DE 2 7200300 40 288 1.0 132 260 - G 3/4 4
10 bar
DE 8 7301000 40 96 1.8 206 332 - G 3/4 4
DE 12 7302000 40 60 2.4 280 310 - G 3/4 4
DE 18 7303000 40 56 3.2 280 407 - G 3/4 4
DE 25 7304000 40 42 3.8 280 518 - G 3/4 4
DE 33 7303900 40 24 5.7 354 457 - G 3/4 4
DE 33 1) 7305500 40 24 6.5 354 520 66 G 3/4 4
DE 50 7306005 42 20 9.5 409 604 102 G1 4
DE 60 7306400 42 18 11.2 409 734 161 G1 4
DE 80 7306500 42 10 14.0 480 737 143 G1 4
DE 100 7306600 42 10 16.0 480 852 143 G1 4
DE 200 7306700 42 4 36.5 634 967 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 300 7306800 42 - 41.6 634 1267 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 400 7306850 42 - 74.0 740 1245 139 G 1 1/4 4
DE 500 7306900 42 - 106.0 740 1475 133 G 1 1/4 4
DE 600 7306950 42 - 128.0 740 1859 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 800 7306960 42 - 176.0 740 2324 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 / Ø 740 7306970 42 - 210.0 740 2804 261 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 / Ø 1000 7311405 44 - 427.0 1000 2001 286 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 1500 7311605 44 - 542.0 1200 1991 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 2000 7311705 44 - 717.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 3000 7311805 44 - 962.0 1500 2531 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 4000 7354000 44 - 1132.0 1500 3080 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 5000 7354200 44 - 1292.0 1500 3645 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 8000 Per Request 44 - - 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
DE 10000 Per Request 44 - - 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
1) With legs

Options
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
• For the signalling of bladder rupture
• Consists of an electrode and relay (factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact Relay Electrode
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted

Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

20
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DE
ØD
ØD
ØD

ØD Bladder
Control

H H
H
H

A
h

600-1000 (Ø 740) litres 80-1000 (Ø 750) litres 1000 (Ø 1000)-2000 litres 3000-10000 litres
25 bar

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
16 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 8 7301006 40 96 2.8 206 337 - G 3/4 4
DE 12 7302105 40 72 3.5 280 310 - G 3/4 4
16 bar
DE 25 7304015 40 42 5.8 280 518 - G 3/4 4
DE 80 7348600 42 4 18.0 480 744 138 G1 4
DE 100 7348610 42 4 21.0 480 849 132 G1 4
DE 200 7348620 42 - 57.0 634 967 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 300 7348630 42 - 66.0 634 1267 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 400 7348640 42 - 118.0 740 1394 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 500 7348650 42 - 133.0 740 1614 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 600 7348660 42 - 158.0 740 1859 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 800 7348670 42 - 202.0 740 2324 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 / Ø 740 7348680 42 - 240.0 740 2804 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 / Ø 1000 7312805 44 - 530.0 1000 2001 286 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 1500 7312905 44 - 685.0 1200 1991 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 2000 7313005 44 - 895.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 3000 7313105 44 - 1240.0 1500 2531 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 4000 7354100 44 - 1442.0 1500 3120 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 5000 7354300 44 - 1844.0 1500 3655 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 8000 Per Request 44 - - 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
DE 10000 Per Request 44 - - 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 4

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
25 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 8 7290100 40 60 2.4 206 338 - G 3/4 4
DE 80 7317600 44 - 70.0 450 942 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
25 bar
DE 120 7313700 44 - 100.0 225 1253 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 180 7313500 44 - 116.0 450 1528 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 300 7313800 44 - 150.0 750 1318 160 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 400 7313300 44 - 245.0 750 1423 160 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 600 7321500 44 - 290.0 750 1868 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 800 7321200 44 - 355.0 750 2268 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 1000 / Ø 750 7321000 44 - 245.0 750 2768 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 1000 / Ø 1000 7322200 44 - 800.0 1000 2051 242 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 1500 7322100 44 - 850.0 1200 2071 291 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 2000 7313400 44 - 960.0 1200 2531 240 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 3000 7345700 44 - 1550.0 1500 2619 269 DN 65/PN 40 4

Options
Article Article No Suitable For Model Weight (kg) • Operation pressure of 40 bar
AG Connection

R1 9119204 DE 50 - 100 / DC 50 - 600 0.9

• Flanged connection DN 150 etc.
• Inner lining according to DIN/DVGW norms
R 1 1/4 9119205 DE 200 - DE 500 1.0
• Stainless steel connection
R 1 1/2 9119206 DE 600 - DE 1000 / Ø 740 1.2 21
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DE For Anti-Water Hammer Applications

• Anti-water hammer applications for pumping systems ØD
• Suitable for potable, raw and waste water ØD
• Vertical tank construction with feet
• Nominal volume range from 300-10.000 litres
• Elbow-type flanged water connection
• For 3000 litres and above, extra inspection flange on the top of the tank
• Heavy gauge steel, depending on the model : S235 JR+AR ; P265GH ; DD 11
• High quality butyl interchangeable bladder according to DIN EN 13831
• Max. temperature for bladder in continuous operation -10°C to 70°C
• Corrosion protection outer painting in durable epoxy coating
with min. thickness of 30 µm in blue colour (RAL 5007) H H
• All vessel parts in contact with water are coated against corrosion
• Factory-mounted pressure gauge Ø 63 mm with R 1/4” threaded connection
• Factory pre-pressurized gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Lifting lugs
A

300 - 1000 (Ø 750) litres 1000 (Ø 1000) - 10000 litres

Type Volume Nominal Weight ØD H Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 70°C (litres) kg mm mm pressure bar
DE 300 300 41,5 750 1262 DN 80 4
DE 400 400 73 750 1367 DN 80 4
10 bar
DE 600 600 103 750 1842 DN 80 4
DE 800 800 176 750 2242 DN 80 4
DE 1000 / Ø 750 1000 214 750 2742 DN 80 4
DE 1000 / Ø 1000 1000 427 1000 2001 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 1500 1500 542 1200 1991 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 2000 2000 717 1200 2451 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 3000 3000 962 1500 2521 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 4000 4000 1085 1500 3070 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 5000 5000 1050 1500 3635 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 8000 8.000 1750 1500 5404 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 10000 10.000 1750 1500 6560 DN 80 / DN 200 4
For product article number consult us

Options
• Operating pressure of 16 bar, 25 bar, or above
• Nominal volume above 10.000 litres
• Horizontal tank design
• Bladder rupture detector MBM II (230 V / 50 Hz)
• Stainless steel water connection
• Non-standard flange connection
• Outer coating for aggressive environment, inner coating according to
ISO 12944-2 norm, Class C2, C3, C4 or C5

Documentation (upon request)

• Dimensional drawing
• Conformity certificate according to pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• TÜV Quality certification for welding operators
• Hydraulic test certificate
• Material certification

22
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DE Bladder Type Pressure Vessels For Anti-Water Hammer Applications
Reservoir
Surge (Air)
vessel
Air-release
vacuum valve

Reservoir

Pump
Station

Bladder type pressure vessels manufactured and approved according to

pressure directives 2014/68/EU directives, article 3, paragraph 2.2 for
pressure equipment.

Design, manufacturing and test according EN 13831:2000 norm. Reflex

Winkelmann GmbH is an ISO 9001 quality registered company by TÜV
Nord Systems GmbH + Co. KG

Reflex pressure vessels, with interchangeable bladder, destined for the

Refix DE anti-hammer protection in pumping systems. The liquid is contained
Surge Vessel within the rubber bladder while the air (nitrogen) is trapped in the space
between the outside of the bladder and the wall of the vessel. Therefor
the liquid is not in contact with the steel walls of the vessel as it is
the case of open tanks with compressor. Since the water is contained in
minimum permeability butyl bladder, there is no air dissolution as it is
the case with compressed air.

Anti-hammer vessels offers protection to pipe network of pumping

systems against fatigue and failure resulting from pump start-up,
shut-down and sudden valve actuation.

Once installed, commissioned and set at the adequate pre-charge

pressure, the pressure tank bladder will be able to dampen the water
hammer transients of pressure waves resulting from opening or
shutdown of valves.

Reservoir

Consumer

Pump

23
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix HW
• For potable water and hydro-pneumatic well applications
• From 50 litres, bladder according to DIN EN 13831/3,
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
ØD
• Components in contact with water have corrosion protection
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
H A

L2 W2

L W

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H L L2 W2 W Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Pressure bar
HW 25 7200310 49 36 5.5 280 301 518 227 214 270 G 3/4 2
HW 50 7200320 49 20 15.0 409 432 503 175 285 350 G1 2
10 bar
HW 60 7200330 49 16 16.0 409 432 577 175 285 350 G1 2
HW 80 7200340 49 16 17.4 480 504 593 185 285 350 G1 2
HW 100 7200350 49 16 19.4 480 504 706 305 285 350 G1 2

Refix DE 1
• To be used along devices where sudden pressure build-up is caused Ø 122
by quick shut-off such as washing machines, dish washers etc.
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels directives 2014/68/EU
• Volume 1 litre
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber 4 bar (Nitrogen)

173 mm
• 10 bar / 70°C

Article No : 7100300 Material Group : 40

G 1/2

Refix Water Shock Arrestor

• To be used along devices where sudden pressure build-up is caused by Ø 83
quick shut-off such as washing machines, dish washers etc.
• Total volume 165 cm3
• Pressure rating : 10 bar
• Weight : 0.3 kg
• Non-replaceable diaphragm according to DIN EN 13831/3, 111 mm
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber 3.5 bar (Nitrogen)
G 1/2
Article No : 7351000 Material Group : 74

24
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix
Reflex Hot Water Heater

Refix DD/DT Hygienic Pressure Vessels

• The Refix DD/DT vessels continue to deliver unparalleled performance and
persistence, meeting all the tough requirements of the German DIN 4807
part 5. The shell of the tank is made of heavy gauge steel and has epoxy
coating from inside.
• The dual water connection for internal circulation delivered in various sizes Reflex DD
ranging from 1 1/4“ up to DN 100. The butyl rubber bladder offers the lowest
permeability compared to any material used today.

Cold Water Supply

Inlet Security Group

Refix DD
• For potable water applications according to German DIN/DVGW 4807/5 ØD
• Non-replaceable butyl bladder according to DIN EN 13831/3, ØD
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Inner anti-corrosion coating according to German KTW-A (food stuff regulation)
• Can be installed with flow through valve (Flowjet)
• Connectable to T-piece Rp 3/4” (included in Refix DD delivery) H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating H

• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

A A
8-25 litres 33 litres
Option
Wall-hung bracket Rp 3/4 - T - Piece
Article No : 7611000 (DD 8 - DD 33)

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Green White Group kg mm mm Pressure bar
DD 2 1) 7381500 - 48 288 1.0 132 269 G 3/4 4
DD 8 7308000 7307700 48 96 1.9 206 345 G 3/4 4
10 bar
DD 12 7308200 7307800 48 60 2.0 280 318 G 3/4 4
DD 18 7308300 7307900 48 56 2.8 280 418 G 3/4 4
DD 25 7308400 7380400 48 42 3.6 280 528 G 3/4 4
DD 33 7380700 7380800 48 24 5.8 354 468 G 3/4 4

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H Pre-charge

PU A
25 bar 25 bar / 70°C Blue White Group kg mm mm Pressure bar
DD 8 7290200 7290300 48 60 3.4 206 344 G 3/4 4
1) T - Piece is not included to the delivery

Flowjet - Flow Through, Shut-off and Discharge Valve

• For easy assembly and maintenance of Refix DD pressure tanks
• According to DIN/DVGW 4807/5
• Max. operating pressure : 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature : 70°C
• Weight : 0.3 kg

Article No : 9116799 Material Group : 85

Flowjet

Flowjet

Rp 3/4 - T - Piece
(DD 8 - DD 33)

25
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DT
• For potable water applications according to German DIN/DVGW 4807/5
• Replaceable butyl bladder according to DIN EN 13831/3, ØD
max. permissible operating temperature : 70°C
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Inner anti-corrosion coating according to German KTW-A (food stuff regulation) ØD
• In case of Rp 1/4” connection (60 - 500 litres) factory-equipped with
Flowjet : Flow-through, shut-off and discharge valve
• Factory-mounted pressure gauge
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
H
• Lifting lugs

h h

60-500 litres 600-1000 (Ø 740) litres

Flowjet Duo Connection

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

Connection
10 bar / 70°C Green Group kg mm mm mm Pressure bar
DT 60 Flow jet Rp 1 1/4” 7309000 47 15.0 409 766 80 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7309100 47 17.0 480 750 56 4
10 bar DN 50/PN 16 7365000 47 23.7 480 750 97 4
DT 80
DN 65/PN 16 7335705 47 24.7 480 750 107 4
DN 80/PN 16 7335805 47 26.8 480 750 115 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7309200 47 19.2 480 834 56 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365400 47 26.8 480 834 97 4
DT 100
DN 65/PN 16 7365405 47 27.8 480 834 107 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365406 47 28.9 480 834 114 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7309300 47 37.0 634 973 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365100 47 53.0 634 973 105 4
DT 200
DN 65/PN 16 7365105 47 54.0 634 973 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365106 47 57.0 634 973 120 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7309400 47 51.0 634 1273 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365200 47 59.0 634 1273 105 4
DT 300
DN 65/PN 16 7336305 47 60.0 634 1273 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336405 47 63.0 634 1273 120 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7319305 47 74.0 740 1245 69 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365500 47 80.0 740 1245 95 4
DT 400
DN 65/PN 16 7336505 47 81.0 740 1245 105 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336605 47 83.0 740 1245 110 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4” 7309500 47 72.0 740 1475 69 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365300 47 88.0 740 1475 90 4
DT 500
DN 65/PN 16 7365307 47 89.0 740 1475 100 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365305 47 92.0 740 1475 110 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365600 47 164.0 740 1859 233 4
DT 600 DN 65/PN 16 7336705 47 165.0 740 1859 233 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336806 47 168.0 740 1859 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365700 47 204.0 740 2324 233 4
DT 800 DN 65/PN 16 7336905 47 205.0 740 2324 233 4
DN 80/PN 16 7337006 47 208.0 740 2324 233 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365800 47 260.0 740 2804 233 4
DT 1000 / Ø 740 DN 65/PN 16 7337105 47 261.0 740 2804 233 4
DN 80/PN 16 7337205 47 264.0 740 2804 233 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320105 46 386.2 1000 2001 160 4
DT 1000 / Ø 1000 DN 80/PN 16 7337305 46 386.2 1000 2001 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337405 46 386.2 1000 2001 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320305 46 502.4 1200 2001 158 4
DT 1500 DN 80/PN 16 7337505 46 502.4 1200 2001 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337605 46 502.4 1200 2001 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320505 46 686.5 1200 2461 158 4
DT 2000 DN 80/PN 16 7337705 46 686.5 1200 2461 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337805 46 686.5 1200 2461 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320705 46 1054.0 1500 2580 187 4
DT 3000 DN 80/PN 16 7337905 46 1057.0 1500 2530 180 4
DN 100/PN 16 7338005 46 1057.0 1500 2530 170 4
• ACS certified vessels on request.
26
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DT
ØD
ØD
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
• For the signalling of bladder rupture
Bladder • Consists of an electrode and relay
Control (factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel

H
H

A A
h h
Relay Electrode
Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted

1000 (Ø 1000)-2000 litres 3000 litres Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

Duo Connection Duo Connection

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

Connection
16 bar / 70°C Green Group kg mm mm mm Pressure bar
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4” 7316005 47 27.8 480 750 56 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370000 47 33.0 480 750 97 4
DT 80
16 bar DN 65/PN 16 7310306 47 34.0 480 750 107 4
DN 80/PN 16 7310307 47 36.0 480 750 114 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4” 7365408 47 29.9 480 834 56 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370100 47 35.0 480 834 97 4
DT 100
DN 65/PN 16 7370101 47 36.0 480 834 107 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370102 47 38.0 480 834 114 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4” 7365108 47 55.0 634 973 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370200 47 61.0 634 973 105 4
DT 200
DN 65/PN 16 7370205 47 62.0 634 973 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370206 47 65.0 634 973 120 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4” 7319205 47 64.0 634 1273 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370300 47 70.0 634 1273 105 4
DT 300
DN 65/PN 16 7314205 47 71.0 634 1273 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7314206 47 74.0 634 1273 120 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370400 47 115.0 740 1394 235 4
DT 400 DN 65/PN 16 7339006 47 121.0 740 1394 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339005 47 124.0 740 1394 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370500 47 136.0 740 1615 235 4
DT 500 DN 65/PN 16 7370507 47 137.0 740 1615 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370505 47 140.0 740 1615 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370600 47 174.0 740 1859 235 4
DT 600 DN 65/PN 16 7339105 47 175.0 740 1859 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339205 47 178.0 740 1859 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370700 47 224.0 740 2324 235 4
DT 800 DN 65/PN 16 7339305 47 225.0 740 2324 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339406 47 228.0 740 2324 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370800 47 275.0 740 2804 235 4
DT 1000 / Ø 740 DN 65/PN 16 7339505 47 276.0 740 2804 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339605 47 279.0 740 2804 235 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320205 46 488.0 1000 2001 160 4
DT 1000 / Ø 1000 DN 80/PN 16 7339705 46 488.0 1000 2001 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7339805 46 488.0 1000 2001 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320405 46 630.0 1200 2020 158 4
DT 1500 DN 80/PN 16 7339905 46 630.0 1200 2020 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340005 46 630.0 1200 2020 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320605 46 850.5 1200 2480 158 4
DT 2000 DN 80/PN 16 7340105 46 850.5 1200 2480 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340205 46 850.5 1200 2480 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320805 46 1240.0 1500 2580 187 4
DT 3000 DN 80/PN 16 7340305 46 1240.0 1500 2580 180 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340405 46 1240.0 1500 2580 170 4

Options • Operation pressure > 16 bar

• MBM connection with tanks over 1000 litres
27
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Quick Selection Table For Hot Water Heating Applications

Selection of the nominal vessel volume ( Vn )

Vsp

10°C Cold water inlet temperature Vn

P0
60°C Storage temperature Pa Psv
•
V
•
Vs

• Pre-charge press. gas P0 = 3.0 bar • Pre-charge press. gas P0 = 4.0 bar = factory setting
• Set press. of the pressure reducer Pa ≥ 3.2 bar • Set press. of the pressure reducer Pa ≥ 4.2 bar

p SV[bar] 6 7 8 10 pSV[ bar] 6 7 8 10

Vsp [litres] Vn Refix nominal volume [litres] Vsp [litres] Vn Refix nominal volume [litres]
90 8 8 8 8 90 8 8 8 8
100 8 8 8 8 100 12 8 8 8
120 8 8 8 8 120 12 8 8 8
130 8 8 8 8 130 12 8 8 8
150 8 8 8 8 150 18 12 8 8
180 12 8 8 8 180 18 12 8 8
200 12 12 8 8 200 18 12 12 8
250 12 12 12 8 250 25 18 12 12
300 18 18 12 12 300 25 18 18 12
400 25 18 18 18 400 33 33 15 25
500 25 25 18 18 500 60 33 25 25
600 33 25 25 18 600 60 60 33 25
700 33 33 25 25 700 60 60 33 25
800 60 33 33 25 800 80 80 60 25
900 60 60 33 25 900 80 60 60 33
1000 60 60 33 33 1000 100 60 60 60
1500 80 80 60 60 1500 200 100 80 60
2000 100 100 80 80 2000 200 200 100 80
3000 100 100 100 100 3000 300 200 200 100

Vessel volume (Vsp) = 900 litres Safety valve (psv) = 10.0 bar Vessel volume (Vsp) 31.5 litres
Hot water temperature (Tww) = 60 °C Expansion (60 °C/10 °C) (n) = 1.7 %
Selection Pressure reducer preset Supply pressure (p0) = 4.0 bar

example pressure (pa) = 4.2 bar

Recommended max. Actual pressure drop

Selection according to peak volume flow Vs Available connections . .
peak volume flow VS* at volume flow V
When the nominal volume of the Refix unit has been
selected, it must be checked in the case of water- Refix DD 8 – 33 litres

carrying vessels whether the peak volume flow Vs

resulting from the piping calculation accord-
With or without Flowjet
T-piece bore
Rp ¾" = standard
Rp 1" (on site)
≤ 2.5 m³/h
≤ 4.2 m³/h
∆p = 0.03 bar •
negligible ( V m³/h
2.5 m³/h )²
ing to DIN 1988 can be implemented on the Refix.
Refix DT 60 – 500 litres
with Flowjet Rp 1¼" ≤ 7.2 m³/h ∆p = 0.04 bar • ( V m³/h
7.2 m³/h )²
Refix DT 80 – 3,000 litres

VS
Twin connection DN 50 ≤ 15 m³/h ∆p = 0.14 bar • ( V m³/h
15 m³/h )²
Flowjet
VS V
Twin connection DN 65
Twin connection DN 80
≤ 27 m³/h
≤ 36 m³/h
∆p = 0.11 bar •
negligible
( V m³/h
27 m³/h )²
V Twin connection
T-piece
Twin connection DN 100 ≤ 56 m³/h negligible

Refix DE, DC unlimited ∆p = 0

(no flow-through)

28 * Determined at a speed of 2 m/s.

 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix Applications
Vessel on a booster set
Pressure vessels are installed on a pressure booster system in order to reduce pump starts and to eliminate pump starts at small draw-offs. This reduces
pump wear and extends pump life time.

Suction side Discharge side

If supply pressure from the water mains is too low a pressure vessel Pressure vessel with flow-through function according to DIN 4807, part
can advantageously be installed on the suction side of the booster 5. Internal epoxy coating in combination with butyl rubber bladder
system. This will avoid cavitation in the pump, and also will eliminate ensures to fulfill the most strict German food stuff regulations such as
to risk of creating vacuum in the water mains by pump starts. This will KTW-C (bladder) and KTW-A (inner lining). With the vessel mounted
reduce the pump wear. on the discharge side of the booster system, the numbers of pump
starts are reduced and also pump starts at small draw-offs are totally
eliminated. Maintenance of the vessel can be done without shutting
off the water supply with the shown pipework.
To consumer

To consumer
Supply line Supply line
Drain
Drain

Diaphragm expansion tank mounted Diaphragm expansion tank mounted

on suction side of pump on discharge side of pump
Pressure of piping Precharge pressure of tank Cut-in pressure of pump Precharge pressure of tank
2 bar 1.0 bar 1 bar 0.8 bar
3 bar 1.5 bar 2 bar 1.8 bar
4 bar 2.0 bar 3 bar 2.8 bar
5 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 3.7 bar
6 bar 3.0 bar 5 bar 4.7 bar
7 bar 3.5 bar 6 bar 5.7 bar
8 bar 4.0 bar 7 bar 6.6 bar
9 bar 4.5 bar 8 bar 7.5 bar
10 bar 5.0 bar 9 bar 8.5 bar
11 bar 5.5 bar 10 bar 9.5 bar
12 bar 6.0 bar 11 bar 10.5 bar
13 bar 6.5 bar 12 bar 11.5 bar
13 bar 12.5 bar
Configuration : Refix on follow-up pressure side of PBS

• To restrict the switch frequency of pressure-controlled systems

Max. delivery head of PBS Hmax =...........mWs
Max. supply pressure Pmaxs =...........bar PBS
Switch-on pressure Pin =...........bar
Cut-out pressure Pout =...........bar
Max. delivery rate VmaxP =...........l/h
Switch frequency s =...........1/h Consumer
Number of pumps n =........... Supply
Electrical power of must powerful pump Pel =...........kW line

s - switch frequency 1/h 20 15 10

Pump output kW ≤ 4.0 ≤ 7.5 ≤ 7.5
(Pout + 1)
Nominal volume Vn = 0,33 x VmaxP
(Pout - Pin) x s x n
• To store the minimum supply volume Ve between activation and deactivation of the PBS
Switch-on pressure Pin =...........bar
Cut-out pressure Pout =...........bar
Input pressure P0 =...........bar → Reflex recommendation: P0 = Pin - 0.5 bar
Storage capacity Ve =...........l

(Pin + 1) (Pout + 1)
Nominal volume Vn = Ve
(P0 + 1) (Pout + Pin)

Hmax [mWs]
Check of max. excess operating pressure Pmax ≤ 1.1 Pmax
10 29
Expansion Vessels

Reflex & Refix Applications

1- Reflex G, expansion vessel for boiler circuit
Reflex
Exvoid T 4 2- Reflex Storatherm Aqua Solar hot water heater
Solar 3- Refix DD, Sanitary expansion vessel
5 4- Reflex Exvoid T Solar, Airvent for solar circuit
Reflex S 5- Reflex S, Expansion vessel for solar system
Solar Panel 6- Reflex V, Intermediate tank
7- Reflex Longtherm, Heat Exchanger
8- Refix DE, Expansion Vessel
9- Sinus Manifold
10- Refix DE, Booster Expansion Vessel
6 11- Reflex Inlet Security Group
Reflex V 12- Reflex Exvoid Air Separator - Brass
Lockshield 13- Reflex AG Connection Set
14 14- Reflex Lockshield
15- Reflex Exdirt Separator - Steel
16- Reflex Exvoid Air Separator - Steel
17- Reflex N Expansion vessel
18- Sinus Buffer Tank
Reflex 19- Reflex Longtherm, Plate Heat Exchanger
7 Longtherm

12
Reflex
Exvoid

Reflex DE
8 Floor Heating
2
Radiator
Reflex Storatherm
Aqua Solar
Reflex
19 Longtherm
Heat Exchanger

18
16 Sinus
Buffer Tank
Reflex
Exvoid

3
Refix DD

10 15
Flow-jet
Refix DE Reflex
11 Exdirt
Security
Group

9
Sinus
Manifold

Supply line
Booster Pumps
1
Reflex G

13
Reflex AG 17 Boiler
30 Reflex N
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Compressor-Controlled Pressurisation Unit

• Pressure maintenance
• Water make-up

Pressurisation Systems

31
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• 1 x dry contact outputs for error messages • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

32
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Compressor-Controlled Pressurisation Unit
Pressure sensor
The solenoid valve
is TÜV-tested and consequently
satisfies the requirements of DIN
4751 T2 for systems up to 120°C

Pressurisation Systems
The safety valve
protects the vessel from
excessive pressure.

Lifting lugs
for ease of transport on site
(1000 litres and above )

Inner anti-corrosion lining

Bladder Control
By Customer

MBM ll bladder rupture detector

(option)

Bladder
High-quality butyl, reliably protects the
expansion water from exposure to air

Tank
Heavy duty steel with durable epoxy
coating , available in 6 and 10 bar version

The flex connection

for the expansion line is a prerequisite for
the proper operation of the level control

The load cell (fluid level measurement)

allows the operator to determine the
filling level

Control unit
State-of-the-art controls both in function
and design. Guarantees maximum
operating comfort. All reflex controls
(Variomat, Reflexomat, Servitec, Gigamat)
have been designed according to a
uniform design guideline

Most reliable and silent Compressor to

accomodate up to 12 MW input each

Robust mounting skid for compressor and

control unit
33
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Reflexomat System With 1 & 2 Compressors
Reflexomat up to 12 MW with 1 compressor
PIS

RG primary vessel Pressure maintenance,

compensating for the
Pressurisation Systems

RS control unit
expansion volume
The compressor and solenoid valve are
Solenoid

PIS actuated in such a way that if pressure

valve

is maintained at approximately ± 0.1

Compressor

bar, the expansion water flowing in or

out via expansion line is compensated
Max. 70 ºC by the basic vessel. Because pressure
is “stored” in the form of an air buffer
in the expansion vessel (basic vessel),
the method of operation is very gentle.
230 V Reflexomats with 2 compressors work
LIS
with load-based, automatically
alternating operation and automatic
Flexible Expansion Line malfunction switchover.
connection Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source Note: The useful volume rate is 90 % for
Discharge valve
the compressor controlled pressurisa-
tion units.
Water Therefore according to calculations the
Make-up required expansion tank size is smaller
Reflex Fillvalve
Reflex Fillset than static tank size.
Contact water
meter

Reflexomat up to 24 MW with 2 compressors

LIS

RG primary vessel RF Secondary Vessel Water make-up

RS control unit
Water make-up in the event of system
based water losses is integrated into
the Reflexomat controls. It is performed
Solenoid

PIS based on the filling level in the basic

valve

vessel. The level measurement is carried

Compressor

Compressor

out by evaluating the weight of the

basic vessel. The solenoid valve for water
Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC
make-up and the Reflex Fillset with
water meter and system separator can
be ordered optionally. Water make-up
is monitored by a leakage monitor and
230 V interrupted in the event of any
LIS
malfunctions. The signals of a contact
water meter can be evaluated (Reflex
Flexible Expansion Line Fillset with contact water meter). The
connection Reflex Fillcontrol Auto make-up station
Boiler/Chiller
heating& with integrated pump is available for
Discharge valve cooling source very high system pressures.

Water
Make-up

Fillcontrol Auto
Compact

34
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Reflexomat Working Principle for Heating & Cooling
HEATING

1- 2- 3- 4-

Pressurisation Systems
1. Temperature increase 2. Full power 3. Cooling down 4. Make-up
The system pressure increases, The unit reaches almost full When system pressure drops, the If the water level in the vessel falls
hence, the air is discharged from capacity when the temperature compressor increases the vessel’s below the min. level, the
the vessel and expansion water increase is completed while pressure thus forcing water back Reflexomat automatically opens
flows into the bladder until system maintaining a constant system to the system until pressure is the make-up valve to balance out
pressure stabilizes to its setpoint. pressure. restored. the water loss in the vessel.

COOLING

1- 2- 3- 4-

1. Cooling down 2. Normal operation 3. Temperature increases 4. Make-up

System pressure decreases due to The pressure is constant; the unit is System pressure increases due to If the water level in the vessel falls
decrease in water volume. at rest with a small water reserve. increase in water volume. below the min. level, the
Subsequently, the air compressor Subsequently, the solenoid valve Reflexomat automatically opens
gets switched on to push the water opens and discharges air from the make-up valve to balance out
in the vessel back to the system the vessel. Result : The expanded the water loss in the vessel.
till the pre-set pressure level is volume of water flows into the
reached. vessel till the pre-set pressure level
is reached.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en/services-downloads/video-area/ 35
 Pressurisation Systems

NEW!
Reflexomat Silent Compact
• Compact Compressor-controlled pressurisation unit for heating and cooling systems ØD
• Air cushion compartment has anti-corrosion lining
• Compact design
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Butyl diaphragm according to DIN EN 13831/3, max. operating temperature : 70°C
Pressurisation Systems

• Pressure maintenance accuracy ± 0.1 bar

• Design pressure : 6 bar
• Max. system flow temperature : 120°C
• Degree of protection : IP 54
• With Control Basic
• Power supply : 230 V ~ 50 Hz
• BMS : 1 x dry contact (common fault signal)
• Featuring RS 485 interface H
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Sound level < 59 dB(A)

Reflexomat
Reflexomat Silent Compact Silent Compact

Material ØD H h System Power Voltage Sound Level Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm Connection kW V dB(A) kg
RSC 200 8800200 31 634 1238 132 G1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 59 52.0
6 bar RSC 300 8800300 31 634 1538 133 G1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 59 69.0
70°C RSC 400 8800400 31 740 1552 120 G1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 59 80.0
RSC 500 8800500 31 740 1741 120 G1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 59 93.0
For 60 Hz operations available upon request

Reflexomat Silent Compact

Reflex Fillset Reflexomat Silent Compact
with contact
water meter Reflex Fillvalve
Reflexomat Silent Compact in combination with
Water Reflex Fillvalve (solenoid valve) and Fillset RPZ
Make-up valve. If the water level in the vessel drops to a
critical level, an appropriate amount of water
will be filled into the unit from the water mains.
Reflex Fillvalve to be connected to the control
unit to have signal for replenish.
230 V
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,
Reflexomat providing protection against the contamination of
Silent mains cold water supply according to EN1717.
Compact

Expansion line
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
Flex duct cooling source

Discharge
valve

36
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Compressor Controlled Dynamic Pressure Maintenance

• Compressor-controlled pressurisation for
heating and cooling systems
• Pressure maintenance accuracy ± 0.1 bar
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Replaceable butyl bladder according to German DIN EN 13831/3,

Pressurisation Systems
max. operating temperature : 70°C
• Max. flow temperature : 120°C
• Microprocessor control with display in multi languages
• Permanent display of system pressure and tank volume level
• 230 V output for fully automated water make-up
• BMS : 2 x dry contacts (common fault, min. water level)
for touch control unit
• Data output through RS-485
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating

RG 200 - 600 Reflexomat RG 1000

RS 300/1

Reflexomat, Degassing and Water Make-up With Servitec

Reflex Fillset Reflexomat with Servitec
with contact
Water water meter
Make-up Reflexomat unit in combination with
DN 25 Servitec and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water
level in the vessel drops to a critical level,
≥ 500 an appropriate amount of water will be
DN 20 filled into the unit from the water mains
via the Servitec device. By connecting
230 V
the Servitec device in Levelcontrol mode
to the Reflexomat control unit, make-up
water is de-aerated before going into the
system.

Reflexomat The Fillset RPZ valve protects against

backflow, providing protection against
Servitec 60
the contamination of mains cold water
supply. This combination can also be used
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller for applications where the water supply
heating&
cooling source comes from an adjacent container, as the
Flex duct
Servitec device is self priming.
Discharge
valve

37
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Control Unit

• Compressor-controlled pressurisation
unit for heating and cooling systems
• Perm. advance temperature : 120°C
• Perm. operating temperature : 70°C
• Perm. ambient temperature : 0 - 45°C
Pressurisation Systems

• Power supply : 230/400 V ~ 50 Hz

• Sound level < 72 dB(A)
• Degree of protection : IP 54
H
• Common fault signal and RS 485 interface
• Control Touch from RS 150 as standard,
• Control Touch: graphic menu display,
permanent display of the operating parameters,
extensive interfaces,
e.g. for BMS connection, remote monitoring

W D
1 Compressor Unit 2 Compressor Unit

RS control unit with 1 compressor

Control Touch Material Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Compressor
Article No Group (H) mm (W) mm (D) mm kW V dB(A) kg
RS 90/1 8880111* 33 395 340 523 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 72 21.0 ≤ 600 l, RS 90/1 on vessel
RS 90/1 8880211* 33 683 470 550 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 72 25.0 ≥ 800 l, RS 90/1 adjacent
RS 90/1 8880210 33 921 480 491 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 72 32.0
RS 150/1 8880311 33 921 480 491 1.10 400 V/50 Hz 72 45.0
adjacent
RS 300/1 8880411 33 921 370 630 2.20 400 V/50 Hz 76 48.0
RS 400/1 8880511 33 921 565 670 2.40 400 V/50 Hz 76 62.0
RS 580/1 8880611 33 921 636 803 3.00 400 V/50 Hz 76 102.0
* Control basic only For 60 Hz operations available upon request

RS control unit with 2 compressors

Control Touch Material Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Compressor
Article No Group (H) mm (W) mm (D) mm kW V dB(A) kg
RS 90/2 8882100 33 921 498 550 1.50 230 V/50 Hz 72 45.0
RS 150/2 8883100 33 921 580 510 2.20 400 V/50 Hz 72 60.0
RS 300/2 8884100 33 921 1000 752 4.40 400 V/50 Hz 76 86.0
adjacent
RS 400/2 8885100 33 921 1230 792 4.80 400 V/50 Hz 76 118.0
RS 580/2 8886100 33 921 1301 874 6.00 400 V/50 Hz 76 196.1
For 60 Hz operations available upon request

Reflexomat Control Unit Without Compressor (For On-Site Compressed Air)

Material Height Width Depth Voltage
Type Controller Article No Weight kg Model
Group (H) mm (W) mm (D) mm V
Controller, installed on the unit Control Basic 8881100 33 415 395 520 230 V/50 Hz 15.0 ≤ 600 litre, RS 90/1
Controller, stand alone unit Control Basic 8881105 33 690 395 345 230 V/50 Hz 15.0 > 800 litre, RS 90/1
Controller, stand alone unit Control Touch 8881400 33 683 470 600 230 V/50 Hz 18.0 > 800 litre, RS 90/1

Solenoid Valve For On-Site Compressed Air

Fitted ready-to-connect in the RS 90/1 control unit without compressor

MV 1/4 Article No: 7913000 Material Group: 35

38
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Vessels
• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Max. operating temperature bladder : 70°C
• Max. system flow temperature : 120°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating

H H

RS Control unit
Reflexomat = + Options
RG Basic vessel

h1
h

RG Basic Vessel RF Secondary Vessel

RG RF
Basic Vessel Secondary Vessel
Article ØD H h h1 HG Weight
Type Article No Article No Connection
Group mm mm mm mm mm kg
200 8799100 8789100 30 634 989 155 155 G1 1350* 37.0
6 bar 300 8799200 8789200 30 634 1289 155 155 G1 1650* 60.7
70°C 400 8799300 8789300 30 740 1277 177 177 G1 1640* 69.4
500 8799400 8789400 30 740 1497 177 177 G1 1860* 78.7
600 8799500 8789500 30 740 1807 177 177 G1 2110* 90.1
800 8799600 8789600 30 740 2272 177 177 G1 - 110.3
1000 8650105 8652005 32 1000 2025 193 460 DN 65 / PN 6 - 308.6
1500 8650305 8652205 32 1200 2020 186 460 DN 65 / PN 6 - 328.0
2000 8650405 8652305 32 1200 2480 185 460 DN 65 / PN 6 - 380.0
3000 8650605 8652505 32 1500 2480 220 490 DN 65 / PN 6 - 795.0
4000 8650705 8652605 32 1500 3053 220 490 DN 65 / PN 6 - 1100. 0
5000 8650805 8652705 32 1500 3588 220 490 DN 65 / PN 6 - 1115.0

350 8654000 8654300 30 750 1340 196 196 DN 40 / PN 16 - 230.0

10 bar 500 8654100 8654400 30 750 1600 196 196 DN 40 / PN 16 - 275.0
70°C 750 8654200 8654500 30 750 2179 182 182 DN 50 / PN 16 - 345.0
1000 8651005 8653005 32 1000 2062 168 286 DN 65 / PN 16 - 580.0
1500 8651205 8653205 32 1200 2054 166 305 DN 65 / PN 16 - 546.0
2000 8651305 8653305 32 1200 2515 166 284 DN 65 / PN 16 - 485.0
3000 8651505 8653505 32 1500 2532 195 490 DN 65 / PN 16 - 954.0
4000 8651605 8653605 32 1500 3107 195 490 DN 65 / PN 16 - 1192.0
5000 8651705 8653705 32 1500 3642 195 490 DN 65 / PN 16 - 1286.0
* Height, with RS 90/1 control unit included

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel
• For wall-mounting
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

39
 Pressurisation Systems

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9
BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4
Pressurisation Systems

BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4 BACnet MS/TP

Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8858405 35 1.0

I/O Module BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Height Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.2
Remote

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Reflexomats in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859000 Material Group : 35

40
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Make-up Valve

Reflex Fillvalve
• For water make-up within systems which are equipped with Solenoid valve
compressor controlled pressurisation units
• Operates on 230 V output from pressurisation unit
• Weight : 1.0 kg

Pressurisation Systems
Ball valve
Article No : 7858300 Material Group : 35

Impuls Water meter

Reflex Fillset With Impuls Water Meter
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of HVAC systems to water mains Ball valve
• Total quantity of make-up water is measured by a water meter
• Prevents backflow of HVAC system water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves RPZ valve with
dirt collector
Article No : 6811205 Material Group : 70

Drain

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Single compressor system Article No : 7945600
Double compressor system Article No : 7945630

Wall Bracket (Option)

• Wall mount facility for the RS 90/1 control unit in conjunction with RG 200, RG 300, RG 400, RG 500
and RG 600 expansion vessels (observe installation height H/HG)
• Incl. 3 m long connection hoses

Article No : 7881900 Material Group : 35

Reflexomat With Fillcontrol Auto Compact and Fillsoft II

Fillcontrol Reflexomat with Fillcontrol Auto Compact
Auto Compact
230 V
Reflexomat unit in combination with Fillcontrol
Auto Compact, Fillsoft II and Fillset RPZ valve.
Water If the water level in the vessel drops to a criti-
Make-up
cal level, an appropriate amount of water will
Reflex Fillset 230 V
with contact be filled into the unit from the water mains via
water meter the Fillcontrol Auto Compact. By connecting
Max. 8.5 bar
120-180 l/h system the Fillcontrol Auto Compact make-up unit to
make-up line
Reflex the Reflexomat control unit, make-up water is
Fillsoft II
pumped into the system, if the pressure from
the water mains is below system pressure. The
make-up unit also include a break tank, which
Reflexomat
providing protection against contamination. By
the Fillsoft device the system water can be to-
tally softened or adjusted to the required level.
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller providing protection against the contamination
heating&
cooling source of mains cold water supply according to EN1717.
By connecting the impuls water meter to the
Reflexomat control unit the Fillmeter function
Discharge
valve
is available.

41
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Quick Selection

Refloxamat with one compressor
P0 • In this chart, the Reflexomat
bar
Silent Compact (RSC) = RS 90/1.
Pressurisation Systems

Alternative calculation method

°C **
H m* °C **
p0 +
10 °C **
°C **

* H = static height
** S afety temperature

RS 580/1

RS 400/1
• When selecting the control
RS 300/1
unit for cooling water systems
RSC RS 150/1 to 30°C, only 50% of the rated
RS 90/1 heat output may be included
in the calculation.
Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

P0 Refloxamat with two compressors

bar

RS 580/2

RS 400/2

RS 300/2

RS 150/2

RS 90/2

Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

Basic technical data Calculation Result

Output Hst [m]
Heat generator Q = 500 kW p0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar Reflexomat with RS 90/1 control unit
10
Water capacity VS = 5,000 l Reflex primary vessel, 200 litres, RG 200

Selection
30
Design temperature = 70/50 °C p0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar = 3.2 bar Reflex R 1x1 cap valve
10
Static height = 30 m
Expansion coefficient = 0.228 Vn ≥
Ve + Vws
DF
example
P0 : Min. system operating pressure
5000 x (0.0228 + 0.005)
Vn ≥ = 155 litres
0.9

42
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Pump Controlled Pressurisation Systems

• Pressure maintenance
• Deaeration

Pressurisation Systems
• Water make-up

43
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• 1 x dry contact outputs for error messages • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

44
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Pump Controlled Pressurisation Systems
The expansion bend
guarantees the pressure The air vent
compensation towards Release the gases from the tank.
the atmosphere between

Pressurisation Systems
the vessel wall and the
diaphragm
The high-quality butyl bladder
protects the expansion water from
a direct air admission

Heavy duty steel tank

Bladder Control
By Customer

Control unit
guarantees maximum
operating comfort. All Reflex
controls (Variomat, Variomat
Giga, Reflexomat, Servitec) MBM ll bladder
have been designed according rupture detector
to a uniform design guideline (option)

The pressure expansion relief at

atmospheric pressure results in the
deaeration of the expansion water

The connection set

connects the control unit with the VG
basic vessel. For 1-pump systems, the
protected shut-off is integrated in the
connection set. With respect to 2-pump
systems, the protected shut-off is
located on the control unit

The pressure cell

(level measurement) enables the
determination of the vessel fill level

Pump
Most reliable and silent.
From VS 2 soft start pumps

Over-flow line
With patented motor ball-valve-Auto-
function

Water make-up line

When the fill level in the VG basic vessel
is too low, the solenoid valve opens. For a
connection to the drinking water network,
Fillset must be added
optional motorize valve make-up

45
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Variomat Pressurisation Systems
Variomat 1 up to 2 MW with 1 pump
PIS
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Pressure maintenance,
compensating for the
Pressurisation Systems

expansion volume
VG basic vessel
Expansion line
The pump and over flow valve are actu-
≥ 500 ated in such a way that pressure remains
Filling line
constant within a range of around ± 0.2
bar. The expansion water is supplied to or
VS control unit discharged from the depressurised basic
Water vessel in 2 separate expansion lines.
PIS Make-up

Reflex Fillset
with contact
Max. 70 ºC water meter
TIME

LIS LIS

Boiler/Chiller
Discharge
valve heating& Water Make-up
cooling source
The volume of discharged free gases and
water losses are automatically replen-
ished. The level measurement is carried
out by evaluating the weight of the ba-
sic vessel. Water make-up based on the
filling level in the basic vessel is moni-
tored by a leakage monitor and interrupt-
ed in the event of any malfunctions. With
the Variomat 2, the signals of a contact
water meter can be evaluated (Reflex Fill-
set with contact water meter).

Variomat 2 - 1 up to 4 MW with 2 pumps

Pressure Accumulating
Vessel TIME

Deaeration
Expansion line
A part flow of the heating water is re-
leased into the basic vessel and thus
VF secondary vessel VG basic vessel ≥ 500
Filling line
degassed. The deaeration mode can be
Water selected from the following versions :
Make-up • Continuous deaeration :
Constant deaeration after startup
Reflex Fillset
VS control with contact and repairs in the supply system,
unit water meter
to allow all residual air to be
removed from the system.
PIS • Follow-up deaeration :
Activated automatically after con
Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC Boiler/Chiller tinuous deaeration and performed
heating& after every pump operation.
cooling source
• Interval deaeration :
TIME Performed after a specified schedule.
LIS

Note : The useful volume rate is 90 % for

Discharge
valve
the pump controlled pressurisation units.

Therefore according to calculations the

required expansion tank size is smaller
than static tank size.

46
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Working Principle for Heating & Cooling

HEATING

Pressurisation Systems
1. Low temperature 2. Temperature increase 3. Full power 4. Cooling down
System pressure is constant, unit System pressure increase is The unit reaches almost full System pressure decreases; the
at rest with a small water reserve. detected. Hence, water flows into capacity when the temperature de-aerated water is pumped back
the bladder through the open valve increase is completed. Pressure is to the system until pressure’s
and is de-aerated due to pressure maintained. setpoint is restored.
drop.

5. Make-up
if the vessel’s water volume drops
under critical level, the unit refills
the bladder until minimum water
reserve.

COOLING

1. Cooling down 2. Low temperature 3. Temperature increase 4. Full power

System pressure decreases due to The unit is at rest with a small System pressure increases due to The unit reaches almost full
decrease in water volume. amount of water. increase in water volume. capacity when the temperature
Subsequently, the pump gets Subsequently, the overflow valve surge is completed all while
switched on to push the de-aerated opens Result : The expanded maintaining pressure constant.
water in the vessel back to the volume of water flows into the
system till the pre-set pressure pressureless vessel till the pre-set
level is reached. pressure level is reached.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en/services-downloads/video-area/
47
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Control Units

• Pump-controlled pressurisation unit for heating and cooling systems
• Variomat controller VS 1 with Control Basic
• From Variomat controller VS 2 with Control Touch and soft start
• Perm. advance temperature : 120°C
• Perm. operating temperature : 70°C
Pressurisation Systems

• Perm. ambient temperature : 0 - 45°C

• Power supply : 230/400 V ~ 50 Hz
• Sound level < 55 dB(A)
• Degree of protection : IP 54
• Water make-up connection Rp 1/2”
• Pump/overflow valve connection Rp 1/Rp 1
• Common fault signal and RS 485 interface

VS Control unit - 1 pump

Control Touch Material P0 Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Connection
Article No Group bar mm mm mm kW V dB(A) kg
VS 1 8910100* 38 ≤ 2.5 681 470 570 2xG1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 55 25.0
VS 2-1/35 8910110 38 ≤ 2.5 921 470 572 2xG1 0.75 230 V/50 Hz 55 30.0
VS 2-1/60 8910200 38 ≤ 4.8 921 470 572 2xG1 1.10 230 V/50 Hz 55 36.9
VS 2-1/75 8910300 38 ≤ 6.5 921 470 588 2xG1 1.10 230 V/50 Hz 55 49.9
VS 2-1/95 8910400 38 ≤ 8.0 921 470 588 2xG1 1.10 230 V/50 Hz 55 51.4
VS 1-1/140 8910500 38 ≤ 13.5 964 470 557 2xG1 2.20 400 V/50 Hz 60 47.0
* Control basic only For 60 Hz operations available upon request

VS Control unit - 2 pumps

Control Touch Material P0 Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Connection
Article No Group bar mm mm mm kW V dB(A) kg
VS 2-2/35 8911100 38 ≤ 2.5 921 750 780 2 x G 1 1/4 1.50 230 V/50 Hz 55 57.5
VS 2-2/60 8911200 38 ≤ 4.8 921 750 780 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230 V/50 Hz 55 61.1
VS 2-2/75 8911300 38 ≤ 6.5 921 750 706 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230 V/50 Hz 55 89.0
VS 2-2/95 8911400 38 ≤ 8.0 921 750 706 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230 V/50 Hz 55 92.0
VS 1-2/140 8911500 38 ≤ 13.5 964 750 698 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 400 V/50 Hz 60 85.0
Special design available upon request for operating pressure ≥ 13.5 bar For 60 Hz operations available upon request

48
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Pressurisation Systems

• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Max. system temperature : 120°C
• Max. operation temperature : 70°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating

H H

VS Control unit
Variomat = + Connection Set
VG Basic vessel

h h

VG VF VG Basic Vessel VF secondary vessel

Basic Vessel Secondary Vessel
Material ØD H h Weight
Type Article No Article No Connection
Group mm mm mm kg
200 8600011 8610000 36 634 1057 146 G1 40.2
300 8600111 8610100 36 634 1357 146 G1 55.2
70°C
400 8600211 8610200 36 740 1344 133 G1 72.2
500 8600311 8610300 36 740 1564 133 G1 81.1
600 8600411 8610400 36 740 1807 133 G1 96.8
800 8600511 8610500 36 740 2272 133 G1 109.9
1000 / Ø 740 8600611 8610600 36 740 2738 133 G1 156.0
1000 / Ø 1000 8600705 8610705 37 1000 2127 348 G1 270.0
1500 8600905 8610905 37 1200 2127 346 G1 300.0
2000 8601005 8611005 37 1200 2587 346 G1 400.0
3000 8601205 8611205 37 1500 2588 375 G1 740.0
4000 8601305 8611305 37 1500 3160 375 G1 820.0
5000 8601405 8611405 37 1500 3695 375 G1 980.0

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Single pump system Article No : 7945600
Double pump system Article No : 7945630

Connection Set
• For connecting Variomat pump systems to VG basic vessels
with protected shut-offs and screw connections

Variomat Connection set - 1 pump, G 1” x G 1”

VG vessel (Ø/mm) Article No Material Group Weight kg
480 - 740 6940100 39 1.55
1000 - 1500 6940200 39 1.90

Variomat Connection set - 2 pumps, G 1 1/4” x G 1”

VG vessel (Ø/mm) Article No Material Group Weight kg
480 - 740 6940300 39 1.85
1000 - 1500 6940400 39 2.15

49
 Pressurisation Systems

Thermal Insulation For Variomat Vessels

• 50 mm flexible foam thermal insulation with laminated grey ØD
PE cladding with zip fastener
• For heating applications only. For cooling water systems appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Removable, for assembly on site
Pressurisation Systems

• Fire classification of jacket-B2

VG Thermal Insulation
VW thermal insulation
for VG basic vessels
Material ØD H h Weight
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
VW 200 7985700 39 634 1060 146 3.0
VW 300 7986000 39 634 1360 146 3.5
VW 400 7995600 39 740 1345 133 4.5
VW 500 7983900 39 740 1560 133 5.5
VW 600 7995700 39 740 1810 133 6.0
VW 800 7993800 39 740 2275 133 8.0
VW 1000 / Ø 740 7993900 39 740 2685 133 8.0
VW 1000 / Ø 1000 7986800 39 1000 2130 350 9.0
VW 1500 7987000 39 1200 2130 350 10.6
VW 2000 7987100 39 1200 2590 350 13.0
VW 3000 7993200 39 1500 2590 380 15.0
VW 4000 7993300 39 1500 3160 380 17.0
VW 5000 7993400 39 1500 3695 380 21.8

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Variomat in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859000 Material Group : 35

Slave module

Master module RL

85
-4
RS

5
-48
RS
Variomat, following modul

RL
Variomat, basic modul

50
 Pressurisation Systems

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel

Pressurisation Systems
• For wall-mounting
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

Variomat 1 Water Make-up With Drinking Water

Pressure Accumulating Fillsoft I
Vessel

Variomat unit in combination with

Variomat
Pressurisation Unit Fillsoft I water softening device and
Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
in the vessel drops to a critical level,
Expansion line an appropriate amount of water will
be filled into the unit from the water
≥ 500 mains. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
Filling line tem water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level. The Fill-
set RPZ valve protects against back-
Make up flow, providing protection against the
water contamination of mains cold water
supply according to EN1717. By con-
Reflex Fillset with necting the contact water meter to
contact water meter
Article No : 6811205 the Variomat control unit the Fillmeter
Boiler/Chiller function is available.
heating&
cooling source

Reflex Fillsoft I
Article No : 6811600

Variomat 2-1 Water Make-up Via Softening Equipment

VF secondary VG basic Fillsoft II
vessel vessel
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Variomat unit in combination with
Fillsoft II water softening device for
Variomat higher capacity and Fillset RPZ valve. If
Pressurisation Unit
the water level in the vessel drops to a
critical level, an appropriate amount of
water will be filled into the unit from
Expansion line the water mains. By the Fillsoft device
the system water can be totally sof-
≥ 500 tened or adjusted to the required level.
Filling line

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against

backflow, providing protection against
Make up the contamination of mains cold wa-
water
ter supply according to EN1717. By
connecting the contact water meter to
Reflex Fillset with
contact water meter the Variomat control unit the Fillmeter
Article No : 6811205 function is available.
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source

Reflex Fillsoft II
Article No : 6811700

51
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Quick Selection

Selection of control units
p0 [bar] p0 [bar]
Variomat with 1 pump Variomat with 2 pumps Selection of control vessels
14.0 14.0
Pressurisation Systems

13.0 13.0 DE 200 DE 200

DE 200 DE 300
12.0 12.0
VS
11.0 1-1/140 11.0 VS
1-2/140 DE 400
10.0 DE 200
10.0

9.0 9.0

8.0 8.0
VS DE 80 VS DE 200
7.0 2-1/95 7.0 2-2/95
DE 50 DE 100 DE 80
6.0 VS 6.0 VS
DE 100
2-1/75 2-2/75
5.0 5.0
DE 50 DE 80 DE 80 DE 200
4.0 VS 4.0
DE 140 VS DE 100 DE 200
2-1/60
3.0 3.0 2-2/60
DE 80 DE 100
2.0 2.0 DE 50 DE 200

VS 1 DE 25 DE 50 DE 100
VS DE 25 DE 80 DE 200
1.0 VS 2-1/35 1.0
2-2/35

0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Total output of the heat generating system Q [MW] Total output of the heat generating system Q [MW]

Basic technical data Calculation Result

H [m] selected
Heat generator Q = 3,000 kW p0 ≥ bar + 0.7 bar [110 °C]
10 Variomat 2-2/60 control unit
Water capacity VA = 40,000 l
+ VG primary vessel (e.g. Ø 1,000) 1,000 litres
Selection
25
Design temperature = 90 °C p0 ≥ bar + 0.7 bar = 3.2 bar
10
+ VF secondary vessel (e.g. Ø 1,000) 1,000 litres
Safety temperature = 110 °C
Static height = 25 m
Nominal volume
(from the sketch)
Vn =1,800 litres + VW heat insulation (optional)
+ G 1¼"connection set, Ø 1,000
1,000 litres
example
+ Reflex R 1x1 cap valve
P0 : Min. system operating pressure
+ Expansion line DN 50

Variomat VG - VF Vessel Sizing

Vn [litres]
• For cooling water systems up to 30°C only 50% of the
nominal heating power should be considered when selecting
200
400 the control unit
600
800 • In performance ranges > 2 MW we recommend using double
1,000 6 l/k
W co
pump systems
1,200 nvecto
8.5 rs
1,500 l/kW
plat
es/ Alternative calculation method
ven
tilat
2,000
13.
ion • Nominal volume Vn
5l
/k
W approximation from sketch
2,500 rad
iat
ors or calculated using a
Alternative calculation method
3,000
formula
20 • The nominal volume can be
l/ °C *
kW
Vn ≥ Va x °C *
split between multiple
°C * vessels (VG primary and VF
4,000
secondary vessels).
* Design flow temperature
Standard values for Vn = Nominal volume
90/70 °C VA = System's water capacity
5,000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Installed output of heating surfaces Q [MW]

52
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Pump Control Pressurisation Systems

• Pressure maintenance
• Deaeration

Pressurisation Systems
• Water make-up

53
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
and help texts Customer Service
• Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
deaeration and water make-up user interface
• Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

54
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Pump Control Pressurisation Systems
The air vent
Release the gases from the
bladder.
The expansion bend

Pressurisation Systems
ensures the pressure compensation
towards the atmosphere between
reservoir wall and diaphragm.
The high-quality butyl bladder
protects the expansion water
from direct air admission.
GH Hydraulics
GH hydraulic system allows the
hydraulic adjustment to the most Bladder
different systems and environments. Control
By
Customer

MBM
ll bladder
GS Control unit rupture
The GS control ensures an excellent detector
operating comfort. All reflex controls (option)
have been designed according to a
uniform design guide line.

The flex-connection
for the expansion line is
required for the proper
function of the level
measurement.

The pressure cell

(level measurement)
allows to determine the
reservoir level.

Safety valve
Over-flow line for protection of the GG
with patented motor and GF vessels
ball-valve-auto function
Water make-up
solenoid valve
Min. press. limiter

Connection Connection
Expansion line DN 80/PN 16 GG Basic vessel DN 80/PN 6
Dimensioning

Shut-off
protected against
inadvertent closing
Most reliable, silent pumps
with soft start feature

Throttle valve
55
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Variomat Giga Pressurisation Systems
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Water
Make-up
Reflex
Fillset
Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Hydraulic & Control Unit

GF secondary GG basic
vessel vessel

Expansion line

≥ 500
Filling line

PIS

Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC

PAZ-

LIS
PI
Discharge
valve
Discharge Boiler/Chiller
valve heating&
cooling
source

GS control
unit

PIS

Pressure maintenance, compensating for the expansion volume

The two pumps and two motorised ball valves are actuated in such a way that pressure
remains constant within a range of around ± 0.2 bar. The expansion water is supplied to or
discharged from the depressurised basic vessel in 2 separate expansion lines.

LIS

Water make-up
The volume of discharged free gases and water losses are automatically replenished. The
level measurement is carried out by evaluating the weight of the basic vessel. Water make-up
based on the filling level in the basic vessel is monitored by a leakage monitor and interrupted
in the event of any malfunctions. With the Variomat 2, the signals of a contact water meter
can be evaluated (Reflex Fillset with contact water meter).

PAZ-

Pressure Limiter
If the min. operating pressure is fallen short at the component-inspected min. pressure
controller PAZ , the electrical actuator in the overflow line is closed, and the heat generator
is switched off. The min. pressure controller is to be installed on the expansion line, for medium
pressure maintaining units on such unit.

TIME

Deaeration
A part flow of the heating/cooling water is released into the basic vessel and thus degassed. The deaeration mode can be selected from the following versions:
• Continuous deaeration: constant deaeration after startup and repairs in the supply system, to allow all residual air to be removed from the system.
• Follow-up deaeration: activated automatically after continuous deaeration and performed after every pump operation.
• Interval deaeration: performed after a specified schedule.

Note: The useful volume rate is 90 % for the pump controlled pressurisation units.
Therefore according to calculations the required expansion tank size is smaller than static tank size.

56
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Working Principle for Heating & Cooling

HEATING

Pressurisation Systems
1. Low temperature 2. Temperature increase 3. Full power 4. Cooling down
System pressure is constant, unit System pressure increase is The unit reaches almost full System pressure decreases; the
at rest with a small water reserve. detected. Hence, water flows into capacity when the temperature de-aerated water is pumped back
the bladder through the open valve increase is completed. Pressure is to the system until pressure’s
and is de-aerated due to pressure maintained. setpoint is restored.
drop.

5. Make-up
if the vessel’s water volume drops
under critical level, the unit refills the
bladder until minimum water reserve.

COOLING

1. Cooling down 2. Low temperature 3. Temperature increase 4. Full power

System pressure decreases due to The unit is at rest with a small System pressure increases due to The unit reaches almost full
decrease in water volume. amount of water. increase in water volume. capacity when the temperature
Subsequently, the pump gets Subsequently, the overflow valve surge is completed all while
switched on to push the de-aerated opens Result : The expanded maintaining pressure constant.
water in the vessel back to the volume of water flows into the
system till the pre-set pressure level pressureless vessel till the pre-set
is reached. pressure level is reached.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en/services-downloads/video-area/
57
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Control Systems

• Pump-controlled pressurisation system
with integral water-make-up and deaeration
for heating and cooling water systems
• With 2 pumps and 2 overflow valves
• Perm. advance temperature : 120°C
Pressurisation Systems

• Perm. operating temperature : 70°C

• Perm. ambient temperature : 0 - 45°C
• Power supply : 230/400 V ~ 50 Hz
• Sound level < 55 dB(A)
• Pump connection DN 80/PN 16
• Basic vessel connection DN 80/PN 6
• Water make-up connection Rp 1/2
H

B T

Variomat Giga Control Unit

Control Module
Control Touch Material Electrical Power Hydraulic Height Width Depth Weight
Type Voltage
Article No Group kW Module mm mm mm kg
GS 1.1 8912500 38 2.20 230 V/50 Hz GH 50/GH 70 921 380 477 8.0
GS 3 8912600 38 6.60 400 V/50 Hz GH 90/GH100 921 380 477 8.0
GS 4 8913000 38 8.0 400 V/50 Hz GH 110/ GH130/GH140 921 380 477 15
GS 7.5 8919000 38 15.0 400 V/50 Hz GH 150 921 380 477 15

Hydraulic Module
Material P0 Height Width Depth Weight
Type Article No
Group bar mm mm mm kg
GH 50 8931000 38 ≤ 4.0 1194 1168 830 203
GH 70 8932000 38 ≤ 6.0 1194 1168 830 206
GH 90 8931400 38 ≤ 8.0 1194 1168 830 270
GH 100 8931200 38 ≤ 9.5 1194 1168 830 275
GH 110 8931700 38 ≤ 10.0 1194 1168 830 270
GH 130 8931800 38 ≤ 12.0 1194 1168 830 280
GH 140 8931300 38 ≤ 13.0 1194 1168 830 273
GH 150 8931900 38 ≤ 14.5 1194 1168 830 340
System operating pressure > 16 bar available upon request
P0 = Setting value on the control
= static height + evaporation pressure + 0.2 bar (recommended)

* According to maximum possible setting value - Temperature control 105°C, in accordance with DIN EN 12828
** Installation in the system return, diaphragm load of expansion vessels max. 70°C. Please consult us for permanent temperatures of ≤ 0°C

Safe Control
• Reliable water make-up for special applications
• Rp 1/2”
• Bigger sizes available upon request
• As retrofit kit

58 Article No : 9119352 Material Group : 86

 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Tanks

• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Approval in acc. with the directives 2014/68/EU
• Replaceable butyl diaphragm in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Max. system temperature : 120°C
• Max. operation temperature : 70°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating

H H

GS Control unit
Variomat Giga = + GH hydraulic module
GG Basic vessel
A
h h1

GG Basic vessel GF Secondary vessel

GG GF
Basic Vessel Seconday Vessel
Article No Article No Material ØD H h h1 Weight
Type A
Grey Grey Group mm mm mm mm kg
1000 8920105 8930105 37 1000 2127 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 270.0
1500 8920305 8930305 37 1200 2127 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 340.0
70°C
2000 8920405 8930405 37 1200 2587 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 430.0
3000 8920605 8930605 37 1500 2588 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 651.0
4000 8920705 8930705 37 1500 3163 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 890.0
5000 8920805 8930805 37 1500 3698 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 980.0

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended : 1 device for each vessel
• For wall-mounting
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

SV1 Safety Valve

• For additional protection of GG and GF vessels at nominal heating outputs > 10.5 MW

Article No : 6942100 Material Group : 81

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Double pump system Article No : 7945630

59
 Pressurisation Systems

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9
BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4 BACnet MS/TP
Pressurisation Systems

BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4

Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8997705 71 1.0

I/O Module BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Height Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.2
Remote

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Variomat Giga in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859100 Material Group : 35

Slave module

Master module

60
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga With Servitec

Variomat Giga unit in combination
Make up
water with Servitec and Fillset RPZ valve. If
the water level in the vessel drops to
Reflex Fillset with
contact water meter a critical level, an appropriate amount
Article No : 6811205 ≥ 500 of water will be filled into the unit

Pressurisation Systems
from the water mains via the Servitec
Servitec
device. By connecting the Servitec
Reflex Fillsoft II device in Levelcontrol mode to the
Variomat Giga control unit, make-up
water is de-aerated before going into
the system.
GF secondary GG basic
vessel vessel
Pressure Accumulating The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
230 V Vessel backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold wa-
ter supply according to EN1717. By the
Fillsoft device the system water can
be totally softened or adjusted to the
Expansion line required level. By connecting the con-
tact water meter to the Variomat Giga
≥ 500
Boiler/Chiller
control unit the Fillmeter function is
Filling line heating& available. This combination can also
cooling be used for applications where the
source
water supply comes from an adjacent
Variomat Giga container, as the Servitec device is
Pressurisation Unit
self priming.
Discharge
valve

Variomat Giga With Softening Equipment

GG basic Variomat Giga unit in combination
vessel
Pressure Accumulating with Fillsoft II water softening device
Vessel and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
Variomat Giga in the vessel drops to a critical level,
Pressurisation Unit an appropriate amount of water will
be filled into the unit from the water
mains. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
Expansion line
tem water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level.

≥ 500
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
Filling line backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold wa-
ter supply according to EN1717. By
connecting the contact water meter
to the Variomat control unit the Fill-
meter function is available.
Make up
water
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
Reflex Fillset with cooling
contact water meter source
Article No : 6811205

Reflex Fillsoft II

61
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Quick Selection

P0p0 [bar]
bar
Selection of control unit • For cooling water systems up to 30°C
10.0 only 50% of the nominal heating
Selection of control vessels
larger models on request power should be considered
GH 100
9.0 when selecting the control unit
Pressurisation Systems

• In performance ranges > 2 MW we

8.0 recommend using double pump
GH 90
systems
7.0

6.0 DE 600
GH 70
DE 300 DE 400
5.0 DE 600
Alternative calculation method

°C **
4.0
GH 50 °C **
* °C **
3.0 DE 200 p0 ≥ H m +
DE 200 10 °C **
°C **
2.0 DE 200 DE 300
°C **
DE 200
1.0 DE 300 * H = static height
** Safety temperature

1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13Total
14 output
the 15 16 of
18 heat generating
17
19 20 21 22 23system
24 25[MW]
26 27 28 29 30

Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

Basic technical data Calculation Result

H [m] Variant 1:
p0 ≥ bar + 1.2 bar [120 °C]
Heat generator Q= 13,000 kW 10 Vn for flow temperature 110 °C
25 Vn = 0.063 x VA
Water capacity VA = 156,000 l p0 ≥ bar + 1.2 bar = 3.7 bar

Flow temperature = 110 °C

10
= 0.063 x 156,000 litres 9,820 litres Selection
Return temperature = 70 °C Variant 2:
110 + 70°C
example
Vn for average system temperature = 90°C
Safety temperature = 120 °C 2
Vn = 0.045 x VA
P0 : Min. system operating pressure
= 0.045 x 156,000 litres 7,020 litres

Variomat Giga GG - GF Vessel Sizing

Vn [litres]

35,000
• Nominal volume Vn approximation from
sketch or calculated using a formula.

30,000 • The nominal volume can be split between

multiple vessels (VG primary and VF
secondary vessels).
25,000

°C
110
20,000
°C
100
Alternative calculation method
C
15,000 90 °

°C *
Variant 1 70 °C
10,000 Vn ≥ Va x °C *
Variant 2 °C *
[ °C ]*
5,000 * Design flow temperature
Vn = Nominal volume
VA = System's water capacity

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

62 Va/m³
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Water Make-Up Systems &

Water Treatment Technology

& Water Treatment Technology

Water Make-Up Systems

63
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillset
Fillset Compact
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of B
HVAC systems to water mains
• Prevents backflow of HVAC water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves

Fillset Compact
& Water Treatment Technology

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
Water Make-Up Systems

Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillset Compact 6811305 70 175 x 214 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 2.8
60°C Fillset Compact M-Bus 9115630 70 285 x 214 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 2.8
* Bigger connections available upon request

Fillset
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of B
HVAC systems to water mains
• Total quantity of make-up water is measured by a water meter
• Prevents backflow of HVAC water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves
H

Fillset

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillset with Standard Water Meter 6811105 70 293 x 230 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 1.7
60°C Fillset Impuls 6811205 70 293 x 230 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 2.8
* Bigger connections available upon request

Reflex Fillvalve
• For water make-up within systems which are equipped with B
compressor controlled pressurisation units
• Operates on 230 V output from pressurisation unit

Fillvalve

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
10 bar Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg
90°C Fillvalve 7858300 35 175 x 91 P0 + 1.3 bar* 1.5 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 1.0
* In combination with Fillset

64
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillcontrol
Fillcontrol Plus Compact
• Compact, automatic water make-up device for B
systems with conventional expansion vessels
according to DIN 1988 and DIN EN 1717
• With system BA-type backflow preventer
• Monitored water make-up
• Dry contact (common fault)
• Input pressure max. 10 bar
• Flow rate ca. 0.5 m3/h at ∆p = 1.5 bar
• Power supply : 230 V ~ 50 Hz H

Fillcontrol Plus Compact

& Water Treatment Technology

Material Width x Height Minimum Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Water Make-Up Systems

Type Article No Outlet Pressure
Group x Depth Pressure Connection kg

10 bar Fillcontrol Plus Compact 6811500 79 304 x 240 x 91 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.5 - 5 bar R 1/2 - R 1/2 3.0
70°C Fillsoft External Pressure Sensor 9112004 78 90 x 70 x 35 - - G 1/2 - G 1/2 0.3

Fillcontrol Plus - Make-up Station Without Pump

• To monitor diaphragm expansion vessels and for the B
automatic water make-up of the set initial pressure
• Incl. wall bracket
• With Control Basic control unit
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible
• Power supply : 230 V ~ 50 Hz

Fillcontrol Plus

Material Width x Height Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
Group x Depth Pressure Rate Kvs Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillcontrol Plus 8812100 70 340 x 292 x 270 P0 + 1.3 bar* 0.7 m3/h* 1.4 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 2.5
90°C Fillcontrol Plus Stainles Steel 8812200 70 340 x 320 x 270 P0 + 1.3 bar* 0.7 m3/h* 1.4 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 2.5

* In combination with Fillset

65
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillcontrol Auto Compact - Water Make-up Station With Pump

• Fully automatic water make-up systems with integrated pump B
• Fillcontrol Auto Compact with integrated intermediate tank as a means of system separation
• Systems equipped with Control Basic for simple and clear operation
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible
• Including system separation in accordance with DIN 1988 and DIN EN 1717 with Fillcontrol Auto Compact

Fillcontrol Auto Compact

& Water Treatment Technology

Material Width x Height Delivery Rate Min. Supply Rate Voltage Power Max. Supply Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
10 bar Group x Depth l/h l/h V kW Pressure Connection kg
Water Make-Up Systems

30°C Fillcontrol Auto Compact 8688500 70 579 x 619 x 287 120 - 180 360 230 V/50 Hz 0.7 5.5 bar G 3/8“ 19.1

Fillcontrol Auto - Water Make-up Station With Pump

• Fully automatic water make-up systems with integrated pump
• Fillcontrol Auto for water make-up, e.g. from containers or conditioning systems
• Systems equipped with Control Basic for simple and clear operation
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible
• Fillcontrol Auto suitable for applications with max. 50% anti-freeze
H

D
W

Fillcontrol Auto

Material Width x Height Delivery Rate Min. Supply Rate Voltage Power Max. Supply Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
10 bar Group x Depth l/h l/h V kW Pressure Connection kg
110°C Fillcontrol Auto 8812300 70 471 x 683 x 440 4200 360 230 V/50 Hz 0.75 5.5 bar G 1 - G 1 1/4 18.6

Fillcontrol Auto P
A compact make up system with breaktank and ball valve.
Perfect in combination with Reflex Variomat
• 18 l breaktank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• Low water alarm
• Single pump
H
• LED for status report
• Compatible with Reflex Control Touch
• Compatible with Fillmeter

W
D

Fillcontrol P

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage Current Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V A kW pressure bar temperature °C
Refex Fillcontrol P 8813100 70 589 x 487 x 320 28 1/2“ / 1/2“ 230 V/50 Hz 2.2 0.4 8 30

66
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

G-vessel With Fillcontrol Plus Compact

Reflex G vessel
Static vessel in combination with Fillcontrol
Plus Compact Fillsoft. If the system pressure
drops below the setpoint, an appropriate
amount of water will be filled into the unit
from the water mains via the Fillcontrol Plus
Compact device.

It also includes a RPZ valve for protection

against backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold water supply
according to EN1717. By the Fillsoft device
the system water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level.

& Water Treatment Technology

Water Make-Up Systems
External
Boiler/Chiller
Pressure Sensor
heating&
Article No: 9112004
cooling
Reflex Fillcontrol source
Plus Compact
Article No : 6811500

Reflex Fillsoft I
Article No : 6811600

G-vessel With Fillcontrol Auto Compact

Static vessel in combination with Fillset RPZ
Reflex G vessel
valve, Fillsoft II water softening device and
Fillcontrol Auto Compact. If the system pres-
sure drops below the setpoint, an appropriate
amount of water will be filled into the unit
from the water mains via the Fillcontrol Auto
Compact device. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
tem water can be totally softened or adjusted
to the required level.

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,

providing protection against the contamina-
tion of mains cold water supply according
to EN1717. By connecting the contact water
meter to the Fillcontrol Auto Compact control
unit the Fillmeter function is available.
Expansion line

Drain valve

Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling
source
Reflex Fillset
with contact
water meter

Reflex Fillcontrol
Auto Compact

Reflex Fillsoft II

67
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillcontrol
Fillcontrol Auto 2P
Automatic water makeup unit used in conjunction with static pressure expansion vessel
• Two pump configuration
• Microprocessor based control panel with 2 line LCD display and pressure
transducer
• 18l break tank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• BMS output :
Volt free contacts for common fault, low water cut off
5 x freely programmable outputs, H
- Min pressure
- Max pressure
- Pump failure
- Pressure level detection
- Time out
• Hour run timer for each pump
• Audible fault alarm with mute function
& Water Treatment Technology

• Flow regulating valve

Water Make-Up Systems

W D

Fillcontrol Auto 2P

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V kW pressure bar temperature °C
25 Fillcontrol Auto 2P 8813200 70 923 x 776 x 633 41 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.55* 2.5 90
50 Fillcontrol Auto 2P 8813400 70 923 x 776 x 673 44 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.55* 4.5 90
60 Fillcontrol Auto 2P 8813406 70 923 x 731 x 694 47 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.75* 6.0 90
* For each pump For 60 Hz operations available upon request

Installation Diagram

Bladder Control
Reflex G Vessel
By Customer

MBM ll bladder
rupture detector
(optional)

Expansion line

Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling
source
Reflex Fillset
with contact
water meter
(optional)

Reflex Fillsoft II
(optional) Reflex Fillcontrol
Auto 2P Reflex Fillcontrol Auto 2P Product Detail

68
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillcontrol Auto 2PS

Automatic water makeup unit used in conjunction with static pressure expansion vessel
• Two pump configuration
• Microprocessor based control panel with 2 line LCD display and pressure
transducer
• 18l break tank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• BMS output :
Volt free contacts for common fault, low water cut off
5 x freely programmable outputs, H
- Min pressure
- Max pressure
- Pump failure
- Pressure level detection
- Time out
• Hour run timer for each pump
• Audible fault alarm with mute function

& Water Treatment Technology

• Flow regulating valve
• System degassing

Water Make-Up Systems

W D

Fillcontrol Auto 2PS

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V kW pressure bar temperature °C
25 Fillcontrol Auto 2PS 8813300 70 1036 x 758 x 633 46 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.55* 2.5 90
50 Fillcontrol Auto 2PS 8813500 70 1036 x 758 x 649 49 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.55* 4.5 90
60 Fillcontrol Auto 2PS Upon Request 70 1039 x 802 x 625 52 1/2“ / 1“ 230 V/50 Hz 0.75* 6.0 90

* For each pump For 60 Hz operations available upon request

Installation Diagram

Bladder Control
Reflex G Vessel
By Customer

MBM ll bladder
rupture detector
(optional)

Expansion line
Make-Up line

Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling
source
Reflex Fillset
with contact
water meter
(optional)

Reflex Fillsoft II
(optional) Reflex Fillcontrol
Auto 2PS Reflex Fillcontrol Auto 2PS Product Detail

69
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Fillsoft
Fillsoft l / ll Water Treatment Systems
This softening unit is available in two basic versions, depending on the
required capacity : Fillsoft I with one or Fillsoft II with two resin cartridges.

• Water softening device for initial filling and water make-up in heating systems
• Fillsoft I: Soft water capacity 6000 l x °dH
• Fillsoft II: Soft water capacity 12000 l x °dH
• Incl. shut-off with sample cock and segment connection*
• Fillset I incl. flow limiter

Fillsoft I Fillsoft II
& Water Treatment Technology

The benefits of Fillsoft in detail:

• Well thought-out complete program for water softening
Water Make-Up Systems

• Simple installation, both as a stand-alone unit and also linked

to a Fillcontrol water make-up solution
• Durable, efficient heat transfer, as limescale build-up on
boiler surfaces is prevented
• Long-term protection of your system, as partial thermal
and mechanical overloading by lime scale build-up is avoided
• Maximum operational safety, as the system’s pH
remains stable even if incorrectly operated
Softening Deionisation • Ease of handling by simple cartridge replacement and
Cartridge Cartridge disposal of used cartridges with household waste

Material Height x Width Max. Continuous Inlet/outlet Max. operating Max. operating Weight
Type Article No Capacity
Group mm Flow l/h connection temperature °C pressure bar kg
Fillsoft I 9125660 78 600 x 260 1 pcs 360 Rp 1/2 - Rp 1/2 5 - 40 8.0 1.9
Fillsoft II 9125661 78 600 x 380 2 pcs 360 Rp 1/2 - Rp 1/2 5 - 40 8.0 3.6
Softening Cartridge 6811800 78 513 x 76 6000 lx°dH - - 5 - 40 8.0 1.5
Deionisation Cartridge 9125662 78 513 x 76 3000 lx°dH - - 5 - 40 8.0 1.5

Total Hardness Soft water capacity

[°dH] in case of full softening
6 1019 2037
8 760 1521
10 607 1213
12 505 1009
14
16
432
378
864
755
Fillsoft Quick Selection
18 335 671
20 302 603 °dH = 1.78 °F = 1.25 °E Limit for Tatal hardness {°dH}
depending on the specific unit colume VA in acc. VDI 2035 T1*
22 274 548
24 251 502 ≥ 20 l / kW and
Group Total capacity < 20 l / kW ≥ 50 l / kW
26 232 463 < 50 l / kW
28 215 430 1 < 50 kW ≤ 16.8 °dH** ≤ 11.2 °dH < 0.11 °dH
30 201 401
32 188 376 2 50-200 kW ≤ 11.2 °dH ≤ 8.4 °dH < 0.11 °dH
34 177 354 3 200-600 kW ≤ 8.4 °dH ≤ 0.11 °dH < 0.11 °dH
36 167 334
4 > 600 kW ≤ 0.11 °dH ≤ 0.11 °dH < 0.11 °dH
38 158 317
40 150 301
* Spec. unit volume VA [l/kW] = unit volume / smallest single heating capacity
Type Fillsoft l Fillsoft ll ** in case of circulating water heater and systems elec. heating element

Accessories

Softmix - Only with softening External pressure sensor Fillmeter Total hardness testing kit Fillguard Mini
Article No : 9119219 Article No : 9112004 Article No : 9119193 Article No : 6811900 Conductivity Sensor
Material Group : 78 Material Group : 86 Material Group : 78 Material Group : 86 Article No : 9125762
Material Group : 78
70
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Theoretical Principles
Fillsoft Water Treatment System For Make-up Water
Continuously increasing heating surface loads are demanded on modern Reflex recommends to install Fillsoft in every water make-up system as it
boilers. This increases the risk of deposits of calcium in particular. These de- significantly contributes to facility reliability at little expense. The core of
posits may reduce the capacity and may ultimately cause boiler destruction. Fillsoft is a pillar with a replaceable cartridge containing ions in synthetic
When aluminium is used as material, the water should be desalinated as the resin beads. This pillar is equipped with connections for fresh water and
potential for corrosion is higher with untreated water. To prevent corrosion, filling or make-up water.
Reflex offers Fillsoft, a programme designed for treating filling and make-up A shut-off ball valve with test valve at the water make-up side completes
water as required by the standards. the structure.

Softening Deionisation
The softening process follows the principle of cation replacement. Hard Deionisation uses the principle of ion exchange of cations and anions.
fresh water is transported through the exchanger pillar. The magnesium and Fillsoft Zero offers the option to de-mineralise filling and make-up water.
calcium ion hardening constituents are exchanged with the sodium ions All minerals are absorbed through the cartridge. The cartridge capacity
of the resin beads, which process softens the water. The cartridge must be decreases and must be replaced when conductivity and the ion number
replaced when the sodium ion capacity is exhausted. Reflex recommends to increases.

& Water Treatment Technology

install Fillsoft in every water make-up system

Water Make-Up Systems

softened deionised
mains water make-up water mains water make-up water

Simple Capacity Monitoring For “Fillsoft Zero”

Fillguard Mini is a conductivity measuring cell for the capacity monitoring The three-level LED display sends out a signal once the ion exchanger is
of “Fillsoft Zero” deionisation. It is easily and quickly installed at the Fillsoft depleted. Thus it is guaranteed that only desalinated water flows into the
Zero cartridge head. An additional adapter is not required. heating system. Fillguard Mini is only suited for “Fillsoft Zero” deionisation.

Combination Options: Fillsoft Zero + Fillmeter

Fillsoft Zero + Fillguard Mini
Fillsoft Zero + Fillmeter + Fillguard Mini

Conductivity in relation to the Fillsoft Zero capacity

Fillguard Mini
120

100

Fillmeter 80
Conductivity [µs/cm]

60

10 –
40

20

Fillsoft Zero 0
0% 20 % 40 % 60 % 80 %1 00 %

Percentage capacity Fillguard Mini

71
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Manual Make-up
Make-up can be achieved manually but this means higher personnel costs and can only be
realised for smaller systems.
& Water Treatment Technology
Water Make-Up Systems

72
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Automatic Make-up Systems

Make-up can be achieved automatic but this means lower personnel costs and can only be
realised for middle size systems.

& Water Treatment Technology

Water Make-Up Systems

73
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment Technology

Automatic Make-up Systems

Make-up can be achieved automatic but this means lower personnel costs and can only be
realised for large size systems.
& Water Treatment Technology
Water Make-Up Systems

74
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec
Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

75
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• 1 x dry contact outputs for error messages • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
Control Smart
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces • Easy and quick commissioning of
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and Servitec S and Mini
HMS networks, as well as SD card • Parameterisation of the degassing mode
(continuous or intermittent operation,
number of cycles) including days of the
week and time
• Displays fault messages
• Check the system pressure
• Software updates

achieved for:

Ease of use
Functionality

76
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec
Patented Technology for Optimum Degassing

Dipstick-tube degassing unit

Allows gas to escape and is vacuum-tight

Hydraulic system
The integrated plug&play function
­management of the controller
automatically adjusts the hydraulics
with the regulating ball valve to the
system pressure ­conditions.
Vacuum spray-tube
Height and diameter are coordinated to
guarantee atomisation of the water in a
Safe Control large free vacuum as soon as the
Motor-controlled ball valve degassing cycle starts.
for reliable water make-up

Make-up water

Controller
The degassing cycles are processed in
Gas-rich circuit water G ¾" an optimised timing programme or may
controlled depending on the gas content
in the water.

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Integrated pressure sensor

Patented valve switch

for fully automated hydraulic balancing

Gas-poor circuit water G 1"

77
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec Solves The Gas Problem In Heating And Cooling Systems

Gas pockets in water heating/cooling systems can impair their functionality offer a centralised means of removing virtually all gas bubbles and dissolved
to the extent that entire components and systems can break down gases from the system water. Problems with air are reliably mitigated, even
completely. They reduce energy transmission efficiency and create resistance in large-scale branch systems with intricate surface heating facilities.
and the risk of corrosion. This results in optimised system hydraulics with a gas-free heat transfer
Corrosion encourages the formation of dirt and sludge in heating and medium for efficient heat transfer and a longer service life of heating and
cooling circuits which, in turn, can result in further impairment of the entire cooling systems.
system. Degassing systems such as Servitec vacuum spray-tube degassing

Conventional installation Servitec installation

Z
No need for elaborate
decentralised venting.

No gurgling or flow noises

6.5%
Z

Up to
potential energy saving
(radiator)
Z
Always full heating
performance

Z
Elimination of the need
for decentralised,
mechanical air separation

Z
No elaborate flush venting
in surface heating systems

Z
Controlled central
Up to 10.6% make-up function with
potential energy saving virtually gas-free top-up
(underfloor heating)
water
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Z
No bubble formation on
the hot surfaces of the
boiler; better heat transfer
as a result
M

M Z
Pumps are protected
against air and cavitation

Z
Operating mode Servitec
Magcontrol can be set for
integrated system
pressure maintenance
function

Z
Virtually gas-free circuit
water: less corrosion, less
erosion and wear, less sludge
formation, better circulation

78
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Comparison Using A Cold Water System As An Example

Water is the medium that plays a key role in cold water systems as an im- state already contains a much higher share of dissolved gases compared,
portant system component and the most frequently used source of energy for example, to water in heating systems. If the water temperature falls,
in building facilities. Accordingly the same applies to optimising the system as well, as is the case with cooling systems, gas absorption increases. As
water in terms of degassing as for heating systems. As the solubility of gas such, using Servitec to actively degas dissolved gases as well is particularly
in water is dictated by pressure and temperature, cold water in its natural recommended.

Conventional installation Servitec installation

Up to 7.4%
potential energy saving Z
No gurgling or flow noises
(cooling machine)
Z
Always full cooling
performance

Z
Elimination of the need for
decentralised, mechanical
air separation

Up to 10.3% Z
No elaborate flush
potential energy saving venting in surface cooling
(cooling ceiling) systems

Z
Controlled central water
make-up function with

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
virtually gas-free filling
and make-up water

Z
Pumps are protected
against air and cavitation
M

Operating mode Servitec

M
Z

Magcontrol can be set for

integrated system
pressure maintenance
function

Z
Virtually gas-free circuit
water: less corrosion, less
erosion and wear, less sludge
formation, better circulation

79
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Configuring The Controller

1. Degassing mode
Continuous and interval degassing Duration of continuous degassing
Z
Continuous or interval degassing mode switches on and off at Z
Depending on the network volume;
specific times Recommendation : if using water, run half of the network volume
through Servitec once, if using water/glycol mixtures, five times
Z
Continuous degassing is generally performed during commissioning of the network volume
after performing repairs. Interval degassing is activated automatically
after continuous degassing.

2. Water make-up operating modes

Levelcontrol mode LIS

For facilities with pump-or compressor-controlled pressure Filling, level-dependent water
maintenance stations with level-dependent water make-up make-up, Levelcontrol

Water make-up Z Automatic, controlled make-up if the

water in the expansion vessel of the
RS control unit
pump- or compressor-controlled
Control unit pressure maintenance station falls below
Fillset the minimum level
PIS

Z
Servitec degassing of the make-up water

PIS

Filling, pressure-dependent water

≥500 make-up, Magcontrol
LSL
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Z
Pressure is shown on the display
LIS
TIME PIS Drain valve Z
Pressure above and below the permissible
range is signalled

Magcontrol mode Automatic, controlled make-up when

Z

filling pressure drops below 0.2 bar

For facilities with diaphragm expansion vessels
with pressure-dependent water make-up Servitec degassing of the make-up and
Z

Water make-up filling water

Control unit

Fillset
TIME

Degassing

Reflex Z
Vacuum degassing of a partial flow of
the circuit water as per an optimised
schedule with selectable degassing mode

Z
Continuous degassing
LSL ≥500 (after commissioning)

Drain valve Z
Interval degassing (automatically
TIME PIS activated after continuous degassing)

80
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Functional Principle

Servitec products actively degas even dissolved gases by extracting part of the flow of content water from the system, degassing it in the vacuum and
returning it virtually gas-free back to the system. Automatic ball valves keep the partial flow steady, regardless of the pressure conditions in the facility.

Vacuum creation
The pump switches on, the water 0
1 Degassing
The pump switches off. Water continues
0
-1
2
-1 bar

level drops and a vacuum is created in bar

to be sprayed until the vacuum
the vacuum spray-tube. spray-tube is completely full again. If
there is an active make-up request, a
The circulation water (optionally: switch-over enables high-gas
make-up water) is sprayed finely M make-up water in the vacuum M

into the vacuum, which releases the spray-tube to be degassed too.

dissolved gases as a result of the M
M

vacuum and the large contact

surface.

M
M

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
0
-1
3 0
-1
4
bar bar

Discharge Down time

All released gases are discharged safely System pressure starts to build up
by the large and quick air vent. M again in the spray-tube. The system M

water located in the pipe contains

M virtually no gas and is pumped back M

into the network in the next cycle.

M M

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en/services-downloads/video-area/

81
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec Mini
• Vacuum spray-tube degassing for one-and two-family houses
• Compact and easy to install in existing and new systems
• Cost effective, with short-term payback period
• Max. efficiency compact, economical and climate-friendly
• Max. operating pressure : 4 bar
• Simple commissioning

Shut-off valve
Dipstick-tube degassing unit with filter insert
Allows gas to escape and is
vacuum-tight
Gas-rich circuit
water DN 15
Vacuum spray pipe
H
Height and diameter are
coordinated to guarantee
atomisation of the water in
a large free vacuum when Sturdy
the degassing cycle starts. diaphragm
pump
Integrated pressure sensor Gas-poor circuit water
DN 15

W D

Control Led Material System Volume Working Pressure Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
2.5 bar Type
Article No Group Vs (m3) (bar) (m3/h) mm W V kg
60°C Mini 8835800 28 ≤1 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.025 420 x 295 x 220 60 W/ 0.3 A 230 V / 50 Hz 5.6

Servitec S
• Deaeration with integrated water make-up systems used in conjunction How it works
with diaphragm expansion vessels or pressurisation systems
• Ideally suited for offices and commercial buildings 1. The pump cuts in, the water level drops and a vacuum is generated
• Flexible adjustment of the Servitec Magcontrol or Levelcontrol in the vacuum spray-tube.
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

operating modes 2. The pump shuts down. Water is sprayed until the vacuum
• Central deaeration of the water in the system and make-up water spray-tube is completely filled again.
• Microprocessor controller with plain text display for pressure 3. If the pump is switched off, water is sprayed as long as the
• Floating contact for common message spray-tube is filled again.
• Simple commissioning with auto setup 4. All released gases are discharged safely by the automatic vent.
• Patented, fully automatic overflow regulation
• Safe control (water make-up using the actuator valve)
• Water make-up is possible from a storage tank (on site)

Controller
Degassing valve

Shut-off valve
with dirt trap

Gas-rich Make-up
water inlet water H
Motor ball
valves

Diaphgram group
pump

Degassed water
outlet
Vacuum spray tube W D

Control Basic Material System Volume (m3) Working Pressure Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
4.5 bar Type
Article No Group Water/ water-glycol (bar) (m3/h) mm W V kg
70°C Servitec S 8832000 28 up to 6* / up to 4* 0.5 - 4.5 up to 0.08 572 x 340 x 211 200 W/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 12.4
* Max. facility volumes for system degassing / max. water make-up quantities must be taken into account for the specific facility.

82
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec 35 - 120
• Vacuum spray-tube deaeration with integrated water
make-up systems used in conjunction with diaphragm
expansion vessels or pressurisation systems
• Ideally suited for high-rise buildings and district
heating / cooling systems
• Flexible adjustment of the Servitec Magcontrol or
Level control operating modes
• Central deaeration of the water in the system and
make-up water
• Max. operating pressure :
8 bar - type 35, 60
10 bar - type 75, 95, 120
• Max. flow temperature : 120°C H
• Sound level < 55 dB(A)
• Microprocessor controller
with plain text display for pressure
• Floating contact for common message
• Simple commissioning with auto setup
• Patented, fully automatic overflow regulation
• Safe control (water make-up using the actuator valve)
• Water make-up is possible from a storage tank (on site)

D
W

Servitec 35-95 Servitec 35-95

Control Basic Control Touch

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
System Volume Working
Material Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
Type Article No Water (m3/h) Water/Glycol Pressure
Group (m3/h) mm kW V kg
(m3/h) (bar)
Permissible maximum operating temperature: 90°C with Control Basic
90°C 35 8831100 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.35 965 x 553 x 486 0.7 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 31.4
W/GL 60 8831200 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 600 x 486 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 35.8
75 8831300 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 1.3 - 5.4 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 573 x 633 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 50.6
95 8831400 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 1.3 - 7.2 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 573 x 633 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 51.4

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 90°C with Control Touch

90°C 35 8832100 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.35 965 x 553 x 486 0.7 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 34.4
W/GL 60 8832200 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 600 x 486 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 38.8
75 8832300 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 1.3 - 5.4 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 573 x 633 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 53.6
95 8832400 53 ≤ 220 ≤ 50 1.3 - 7.2 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 573 x 633 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 54.4

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 90°C with Control Touch

90°C
120 8832550 53 - ≤ 50 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 578 x 598 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0
GL

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 90°C with Control Touch

90°C
120 8832500 53 ≤ 220 - 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.150 x 578 x 598 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0
W

Special designs upon request: System volume > 220 m³ and operating pressure > 9.0 bar, 60 Hz operations.
* Max. system volume for system degassing/check max. make-up quantities for each specific system.

83
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9
BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4 BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4
Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8860400 71 1.0

I/O Module BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Height Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.2
Remote
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Optional: Servitec for Large Scale Systems

• Special systems are constructed to match your
particular specifications even
for systems above 10.000 m3 with working
pressure above 9 bar.
• Also for systems with permissible operating
temperature up to 90°C
• Take advantage of our combined expertise
and experience :
Consult your Reflex Local representative or visit
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/pro for further information.

Custom-made Servitec unit Custom-made Servitec unit

84 (front view) (rear view)
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec S With Reflex G Vessel and Water Make-up

Static vessel in combination with
Reflex Fillsoft I Servitec S and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water
Article No : 6811600
level in the vessel drops to a critical level,
an appropriate amount of water will be
Reflex fillset filled into the unit from the water mains
≥ 500
Article No : 6811205 via the Servitec device.

By connecting the Servitec device in

Servitec S Magcontrol mode make-up water is
Article No : 8832000
de-aerated before going into the system.
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
backflow, providing protection against the
contamination of mains cold water supply
according to EN1717.

This combination can also be used for

Reflex G vessel applications where the water supply comes
from an adjacent container, as the Servitec
device is self priming.

In cooling application systems : Servitec

deaeration unit needs to be placed into the
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller flow before the system circulation pump.
heating&
cooling source
AG connection set

Servitec 60 with Reflexomat and Water Make up

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Reflexomat unit in combination with
Servitec, Fillsoft II water softening device
Reflex fillset
Article No : 6811205 and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
in the vessel drops to a critical level, an
appropriate amount of water will be filled
Reflex Fillsoft II
Article No : 6811700
through the Servitec from the water mains.
By the Fillsoft device the system water
can be totally softened or adjusted to the
≥ 500
required level by Servitec.

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against

backflow, providing protection against the
230 V contamination of mains cold water supply
Servitec 60
according to EN1717. By connecting the
Article No : 8832200 contact water meter to the Variomat
control unit the Fillmeter function is
available.

Reflexomat In cooling application systems : Servitec

Pressurisation Unit
deaeration unit needs to be placed into the
flow before the system circulation pump.

Expansion line
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
Discharge cooling source
valve

85
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec Selection
The dimensions of the Servitec degassing system are dictated by the maximum
operating pressure and volume of the facility, and the required make-up quantity.

Application:
Anwendung: Water
Wasser Application:
Anwendung:Water/glycol mixture
Wasser-Glykol-Gemisch
9,0 9,0
9,0 9,0 9,0
(bar)

(bar)
pressure (bar)

pressure (bar)
Servitec 120 Servitec 120 GL
Arbeitsdruck

Arbeitsdruck
8,3
8,3 8,3
8,0 8,0
Working

Working
7,0 7,2
7,2 7,0 7,2
Servitec 95 Servitec 95

6,0 6,0

5,4
5,4 5,4
Servitec 75 Servitec 75
5,0 5,0

4,5
4,5 4,5
Servitec 60 Servitec 60
4,0 4,0

3,0 3,0
2,5
2,5 2,5
2,0 Servitec 35 2,0 Servitec 35
Servitec Mini

Servitec S*

Servitec S*

1,3
1,3 1,3
1,0 1,0
0,5
0,5 0,5

1 56 10 15 20 100 220 1 45 10 15 20 50 100 220

Anlagenvolumen
System volume (m3(m
) )
3
Anlagenvolumen
System volume (m3(m
) )
3
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Maximum operating temperature

60 °C 70 °C 90 °C * Max. system volume for system degassing/check max. make-up quantities
for each specific system.

ZZ
The recommended system volumes are conditional upon the ZZ
The operating range of the equipment must be within the
network volume being degassed, at least partially once a operating range of the pressure maintenance system between
fortnight. supply pressure pa and final pressure pe.

ZZ
Please bear in mind that, since Servitec can only be operated in ZZ
Recommendation : Combining dirt and sludge separators
the indicated pressure range, the pressure at the Servitec tie-in produces very efficient synergies for optimising the operation
point must not be higher or lower than the indicated operating of technical water facilities.
pressures. We recommend customised solutions for non-stand-
ard conditions.

Customised planning with the

Reflex Pro calculation program
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en/software

86
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servimat
Pump-Controlled Pressurisation System With
Vacuum Spray-Tube Degassing

• Pressure maintenance
• Deaeration
• Water make-up

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

87
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Pump Controlled Pressurisation Unit with Vaccum Degasser

• Pump-controlled pressure maintenance with efficient vacuum
spray-tube degassing combined in one product
• Hydraulics with 3-and 2-way actuator for maximum ­system safety
• No solenoid valves, no pressure fluctuations
• High-performance, central and self-optimizing degassing of the
content and make-up water
• Safecontrol in water make-up, degassing also for ­cooling ­systems
• Easy and quick commissioning, no on-site cabling
• Higher water make-up capacity due to make-up via expansion vessel H
• Perm. advance temperature : 120°C
• Perm. operating temperature : 70°C
• Perm. ambient temperature : 0 - 45°C
• Power supply : 230 V ~ 50 Hz
• Sound level < 55 dB(A)
• Degree of protection : IP 54
• Water make-up connection Rp 1/2”
• Pump/overflow valve connection Rp 1/Rp 1
D
• BMS : 2 x dry contacts (common fault, min. water level)
W
for touch control unit
Servimat

Depth x Width x
Electric Supply Pressure System Volume Connection Water Weight
Type Article No Height
Power P0 (bar) Va* A Make-up kg
(kg)
Servimat M 8910600 700 x 710 x 1,160 230 V / 50 Hz 3.5 220 m3 2 x Rp1 Rp 1/2 42.0
70°C
Servimat L 8910700 560 x 710 x 1,160 230 V / 50 Hz 6.5 220 m3 2 x Rp1 Rp 1/2 60.0
System operating pressure > 6.5 bar, units with two pumps available upon request For 60 Hz operations available upon request

Servimat Installation Components

Separation Technology

Servimat control unit Connection set VG primary vessel

Deaeration Systems &

+ +

Dipstick-tube degassing unit

Allows gas to escape and is vacuum-tight Vacuum spray tube
Height and diameter are
Safe Control
coordinated to guarantee Butyl bladder
Motor-controlled ball valve lsolates the air from the
atomisation of the water in a
for reliable water make-up water and protects the
large free vacuum as soon as
system water against air
the degassing cycle starts
Make-up water ingress

High-gas circulating water G ½"

Controller MBM II bladder rupture
The degassing cycles are detector
Hydraulic system performed at optimised
intervals or optionally
managed inIine with the gas
content in the water
Low-gas circulating
water G 1"
Flexible connection set
For the expansion line; crucial
to ensure proper operation
of the level sensor

Pressure cell
(level sensor)
For measuring the filling level

88
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Pump Controlled Pressurisation Unit with Vaccum Degasser

• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Meets or exceeds pressure equipment directives 2014/68/EU
• Replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Max. system temperature : 120°C
• Max. operation temperature : 70°C
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating

H H

Control unit
Servimat = + Connection Set
VG Basic vessel
h h

VG Basic Vessel VF Secondary Vessel

VG VF
Basic Vessel Secondary Vessel
Material ØD H h Weight
Type Article No Article No Connection
Group mm mm mm kg
200 8600011 8610000 36 634 1057 146 G1 40.2
300 8600111 8610100 36 634 1357 146 G1 55.2
70°C
400 8600211 8610200 36 740 1344 133 G1 72.2
500 8600311 8610300 36 740 1564 133 G1 81.1
600 8600411 8610400 36 740 1807 133 G1 96.8
800 8600511 8610500 36 740 2272 133 G1 109.9
1000 / Ø 740 8600611 8610600 36 740 2738 133 G1 156.0

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
1000 / Ø 1000 8600705 8610705 37 1000 2127 348 G1 270.0
1500 8600905 8610905 37 1200 2127 346 G1 300.0
2000 8601005 8611005 37 1200 2587 346 G1 400.0
3000 8601205 8611205 37 1500 2588 375 G1 740.0
4000 8601305 8611305 37 1500 3160 375 G1 820.0
5000 8601405 8611405 37 1500 3695 375 G1 980.0

Connection Set
• For connecting Servimat pump systems to VG basic vessels
with protected shut-offs and screw connections

Servimat Connection set - 1 pump, G 1” x G1”

VG Vessel Article No Material Group Weight kg
VG 200 - 5000 6940200 39 1.90

89
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9
BACnet MS/TP
BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4
BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4
Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8997705 71 1.0

I/O Module BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Height Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.2
Remote
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Servimat Installation

≥ 500 mm*
| |mm*
≥ 500
VG primary VG secondary max. 70°C

Fillset

NS P Ü

Cooling machine

Control unit G 1 connection

530

• Connection to the existing pipe network by using flexible ­connections. • During the period of vacuum drawing there is no water in the
The Servimat is integrated on the system side, in the return flow and degassing tank, so a water seal of 1.0 VD/l must be taken into
before any possible return flow additions. account when calculating the expansion volume.
• The installation in the main volume flow ensures an ­optimum • Integrate connection lines from above, sidewards and from below as
degassing function. immersion pipe. Never insert bluntly from below
• A system separator such as Reflex Fillset must be used for direct (dirt can easily access the system).
connection of Servimat water make-up to drinking water systems.

90
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Proven Efficiency
Greater efficiency means less environmental pollution and lower TÜV Nord was then commissioned to perform an independent
costs despite maximum temperature regulation performance. verification of the study, which confirmed the maximum achiev-
Reflex Winkelmann has a range of product solutions on the able energy saving effects. An added benefit for the environment
market that are capable of increasing the efficiency of water and in terms of cost efficiency: In addition to saving emissions
heating and cooling systems by up to 10.6 %. The results of the and energy costs, the system developed by Reflex also reduces
technological product potential were established independently maintenance and investment costs. This means everyone stands
by the ifes to benefit whether it’s a private household, business or large-
Institute (for applied energy simulation and facility management). scale industry.

Dresden TU Ifes Institute Institut

für angewandte
Energiesimulation und
TÜV Nord
Facility Management

Centre for Energy Technology Institute for applied energy ifes ist ein Unternehmen
der TÜV Rheinland Group TÜV NORD Systems
simulation and facility GmbH & Co. KG
management
Background
Background on the research topic “Gases in small Background Background
and medium-sized water heating networks and Design and organisation of a strategy that uses Impartial evaluation of the simulation results with
cooling circuits”, final report, for the period from flow simulation to evaluate the use of Reflex regard to the energy efficiency of Reflex degassing
01/05/1999 to 31/10/2001 conducted under degassing systems to raise the efficiency of heat- systems.
the auspices of the AIF (Otto von Guericke) and ing systems.
financed within the budget of the Federal Ministry
of Economics and Technology (BMWi).

Simulation example: Radiator heating 15 kW Simulation example: Underfloor heating system 30 kW

Heating load Heating load

In a typical existing detached house with The effects of the Reflex system in the
15 kW radiator heating, the use of Servitec simulation of a conventional existing
vacuum degassing, Reflex pressure main- semi-detached house with modern,

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
tenance, and dirt and sludge separators low-consumption, low-temperature under-
can save around 2,000 kilowatt hours of floor heating are even more pronounced:
heating energy or 500 kilograms of carbon For a system with 30 kW heating, this

6.5 % 10.6 %
dioxide per annum. This corresponds to a represents a maximum saving of around
maximum increase in efficiency of 6.5 %. 6,300 kilowatt hours of primary energy or 1.5
Efficiency improvement Efficiency improvement tonnes of carbon dioxide per annum. The
in the simulated result* in the simulated result*
increase in efficiency therefore amounts to a
maximum of 10.6 %.

Practical example: Residential construction 13 kW Practical example: Cold water system 2.6 MW
Heating load Cooling load

Residential construction companies have A Servitec 60 was integrated into the cold
been using Servitec systems for several water system of a company from Singapore.
years. A Servitec Mini was installed in a Measurements and analyses performed by
13-kW detached house with underfloor an external energy consultant and auditor
heating. Initial measurements show that verified a potential energy saving of 3.02 %
substantially fewer kilowatt hours were in practice (reduced energy transport and pri-

8.6 % 3.02 %
billed compared to the previous year. Com- mary energy cost). This equates to 258 fewer
pared to a similar winter temperature-wise, tons of CO2 every year and annual operating
Efficiency improvement efficiency was found to be 8.6 % better. Efficiency improvement cost savings of about € 39,000.
measured in practice* measured in practice*

* Relative to the energy generator’s primary energy.

91
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Comparison of Different Deaeration Systems

Besides conventional thermal degassing in the hot water range > 110°C, essentially three processes have been established in the field of heating, solar and
cooling water systems, which are provided by Reflex for different applications :

• Vacuum degassing system : Servitec vacuum spray tube degassing

• Atmospheric degassing system : integrated in Variomat pressurisation stations
• Micro-bubble separator : Exvoid or Extwin as micro-bubble dirt separator

The physically and technically achievable nitrogen content in the system water as a function of the pressure conditions at the installation site
will be presented to demonstrate the efficiency of various degassing systems. Nitrogen therefore serves as “measurement gas” because
it is not consumed in secondary reactions and the measurement result thus remains authentic.
Achievable nitrogen concentration after thedeaeration in mg/l
free bubbles in the water

rs
parato
Air se
rs/
ato
separ
ble
bub
M icro

Critical concentrarion system high points at 0,5 bar 70°C

Atmospheric dearator
bubble-free
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Vacuum dearator

Pressure at the place of installation of the dearation device in bar

Mechanical air separators Exvoid / Extwin

operate most efficiently if installed at the absolute high points.

Atmospheric degassing systems Variomat

can prevent free gas bubbles in the circulation water. They are best suited as central degassing installations, but not for specific oxygen separation.
Erosion as a result of two phase flow can be prevented to a large extent.

Vacuum degassing systems Servitec

can regulate the overall gas balance at almost zero. They control both corrosion (reactive gases) and erosion (inert gases). High levels of separation
can be achieved with dynamic vacuum degassing systems.

92
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

93
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Brass Steel

Welded Flanged
Horizontal Twist Vertical Connection Connection

Automatic
Air Vent

T 3/8” - 1/2”
110°C/180°C
Exvoid

Micro Bubble
Air Separator

A 22 - 1 1/2” AT 22 - 1 1/2” A 22 - 2” V A 60.3 - A 329.9 A 50 - A 600

110°C / 180°C 110°C 110°C / 180°C

Dirt and Sludge

Separator

D 22 - 2” D 22 - 1” V D 60.3 - D 329.9 D 50 - D 600 D 50V - D 150V

110°C 110°C
Exdirt

Dirt and Sludge

Separation Technology

Separator With
Deaeration Systems &

Optional Magnetic
Easy Clip

D 22 - 2” M DT 22 - 1 1/2” M D 22 - 1” V - M D 60.3 - D 329.9 D 50 - D 600

110°C 110°C 110°C

Combined
Micro Bubble
Dirt and Sludge
Separator

TW 22 - 1” TW 22 V TW 60.3 - TW 329.9 TW 50 - TW 600

110°C 110°C
Extwin

Combined
Micro Bubble
Dirt and Sludge
Separator With
Optional Magnetic
Easy Clip

TW 22 - 1” M TWT 22 - 1 1/2” M TW 22 V - M TW 60.3 - TW 329.9 TW 50 - TW 600

110°C 110°C 110°C

94
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid T
Exvoid T Exvoid T
Non-leak, non-shut-off ⋅
VN
⋅
VN
Absolute highest point
deaeration valve

Water level during filling

Air chamber with special design :
floating impurities do not reach the
deaeration valve; high air chamber volume Relative highest point
to counteract pressure fluctuations
Gradient
Solid construction for an ⋅
V Filling
extra-long service life

Cooling machine

Exvoid T function diagram Exvoid T system air venting sketch

Overview
• Brass casing
• Multiple testing procedure on the deaeration valve
• Vertical installation
• Rp 1/2 system connection and a G 1/2 connection thread on the deaeration valve
• Application limits 110°C / 180°C and 10 bar

Exvoid T Automatic Air Vent

Fields of application
The automatic air vent in the Reflex Exvoid T series is an ongoing and effective way of removing air and
other gases from heating, solar, and cooling systems, including under constant operating conditions, in
filling processes after having emptied the system, and in new installations. The vents are applied at high
points within the system or at specially identified collection points

Mode of operation

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
In order to ensure ongoing safe and automatic operation, Reflex Exvoid T automatic air vents follow a
sound engineering design formula : Gases collect in a generously sized chamber. This causes the water
level in the chamber to drop and a float to fall, which opens the deaeration valve once it reaches a certain
depth. The combination of a multiple-tested valve and a generously sized air chamber ensures flawless
operation, even in extreme pressure fluctuations

Brass
ØD H Weight
Type Article No Material Group Connection
(mm) (mm) kg H
10 bar Exvoid T 3/8 9250038 82 G 3/8 male 63 132 0.7
110°C Exvoid T 1/2 9250000 82 G 1/2 female 63 122 0.7

ØD

Brass, Solar Systems

ØD H Weight
Type Article No Material Group Connection H
(mm) (mm) kg
10 bar Exvoid T 3/8 S 9250638 82 G 3/8 male 63 132 0.7
180°C Exvoid T 1/2 S 9250600 82 G 1/2 female 63 120 0.7

ØD

Benefits in brief
• Reliable, automatic deaeration
• Reduces flow noise, circulation problems, drop in performance and helps to avoid corrosion damage
• Optimum function reliability, even in tough conditions
• Reduces maintenance requirements
• Suitable for a variety of temperatures and applications

95
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid
Exvoid A
The core element is a tube Non-leak, non-shut-off
mesh construction that has deaeration valve
proven itself over the decades,
with an extremely low rate of
pressure loss in the flow Air chamber with special design:
direction and a high rate of its large volume means that driving
pressure loss in the transverse impurities do not reach the deaeration valve.
direction. This drastically The large distance between the water surface
reduces the amount of and the valve ensures flawless operation, even Cooling
turbulence and guides the machine
in high pressure fluctuations
gas bubbles to a
part-stabilized area
Exvoid “brass” system deaeration sketch
Several connections are available
from A22 to 2”

Overview
• Volumetric flow : 1.25 - 8 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation : A22 - 2”
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exvoid (Brass) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Brass, Horizontal
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 22 9251000 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 165 1.2
110°C A 3/4 9251010 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 165 1.1
A1 9251020 82 G1 2.00 88 63 182 1.3
A 1 1/4 9251030 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 202 1.4
A 1 1/2 9251040 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 236 1.6
A2 9251050 82 G2 8.00 132 100 277 3.9 ØD
1) Clamp ring
H
Brass, Horizontal, For Solar Systems
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Material V max L ØD H Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 22 S 9251600 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 165 1.2
180°C L
A 3/4 S 9251610 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 165 1.1
A1S 9251620 82 G1 2.00 88 63 182 1.2
A 1 1/4 S 9251630 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 202 1.4
A 1 1/2 S 9251640 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 236 1.6
1) Clamp ring

Brass, Vertical
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 22 V 9251500 82 22 mm1) 1.25 104 63 216 2.0
110°C A 3/4 V 9251510 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 206 1.9 ØD
A1V 9251520 82 G1 2.00 84 63 206 1.9
1) Clamp ring
H
Brass, Vertical, For Solar Systems
Material V max L ØD H Weight L
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 22 SV 9251700 82 22 mm1) 1.25 104 63 216 2.0
180°C A 3/4 SV 9251710 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 206 1.9
A 1 SV 9251720 82 G1 2.00 84 63 206 1.9
1) Clamp ring

Brass, Rotatable, Twist Separator

ØD
V max B L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar AT 22 9257200 22 mm 1.25 161 109 63 218 2.0
110°C AT 28 9257210 28 mm 2.00 161 111 63 219 2.2 360°

AT 3/4 9257220 IG 3/4 1.25 161 85 63 207 1.9 H

AT 1 9257230 G1 2.00 161 100 63 214 2.0
AT 1 1/4 9257240 G 1 1/4 3.75 174 100 63 264 2.6 L
AT 1 1/2 9257250 G 1 1/2 5.00 174 100 63 264 2.5

B
96
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid Integrated Exvoid T

automatic air vent

Exvoid
Because micro-bubbles are carried
along by the flow, special measures are
required in order to remove them from
the system efficiently. The casings of Several connections
Reflex Exvoid micro-bubble separators are available from
have a larger cross-section than the DN 50 to DN 600
connection dimensions, which reduces
the flow speed in the separator. At the Cooling machine
same time, the volume flow is guided by
a special wire mesh. The ensuing turbu-
lence causes gas bubbles to move in an
undetermined direction. Depending on Exvoid “steel”
the volume flow, density, and volume of
the particles, parts of these gas bubbles
system deaeration sketch
are supported in their natural breakaway
motion and removed from the system via
Exvoid Function Diagram
the deaeration top section Option :
Drain valve for the removal of
Overview dirt deposits from the
separation chamber.
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
1” (A 50 - A 200) : 9117810
• Volumetric flow : 12.5 - 1530 m3/h 2” (A 250 and above) : 9117812
• Exiso thermal insulation : DN 50 - DN 150
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exvoid (Steel) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Steel, Welded connection
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 60.3 8251100 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 6251) 153 6.0
110°C A 76.1 8251110 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 6251) 163 6.2
A 88.9 8251120 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 7401) 159 12.2
H
A 114.3 8251130 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 7401) 169 12.8
A 139.7 8251140 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 9151) 214 37.7
A 168.3 8251150 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 9151) 229 38.7
A 219.1 8251160 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1125 284 51.8 HB
A 273.0 8251170 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1402 351 94.2

Separation Technology
A 323.9 8251180 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 1612 406 144.9

Deaeration Systems &

ØD
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request L

Steel, Flange connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 50 8251300 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 6251) 153 11.6
110°C A 65 8251310 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 6251) 163 12.7
A 80 8251320 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 7401) 159 20.6
A 100 8251330 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 7401) 169 22.5
A 125 8251340 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 9151) 214 50.8
H
A 150 8251350 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 9151) 229 54.8
A 200 8251360 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1125 284 75.2
A 250 8251370 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1402 351 128.2
A 300 8251380 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 1612 406 190.6 HB
A 350 8251910 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1950 501 198.0
A 400 8251920 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2150 580 Upon request ØD
A 450 8251940 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2360 609 Upon request L
A 500 8251950 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2580 671 Upon request
A 600 8251960 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 3020 832 Upon request
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Removes free circulating air and gas bubbles
• Robust heavy gauge steel construction
• Functions in fully automated, continuous operation
• Produces just a minimal, constant drop in pressure
• Enables much faster hydraulic balancing after filling processes
• Prevents development of noise, wear through corrosion, and loss in performance through the formation of larger air bubbles
• Full range in terms of operating pressures, temperatures, and materials

97
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid HC
Integrated Exvoid T
Because micro-bubbles are carried along by automatic air vent Exvoid HC
the flow, special measures are required in order
to remove them from the system efficiently.
The casings of Reflex Exvoid HC micro-bubble
separators have a larger cross-section than the
connection dimensions, which reduces the flow
speed in the separator. At the same time, the
volume flow is guided by a special wire mesh.
The ensuing turbulence causes gas bubbles to
Higher body to
move in an undetermined direction. Depending Cooling machine
ensure high
on the volume flow, density, and volume of the
performance
particles, parts of these gas bubbles are
deaeration
supported in their natural breakaway motion
and removed from the system via the Several connections Exvoid “steel” HiCap system deaeration sketch
deaeration top section are available from
DN 50 to DN 600

Option :
Overview Drain valve for the removal of dirt
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600 deposits from the separation chamber.
• Volumetric flow : 25 - 3000 m3/h 1” (A 50 - A 200) : 9117810
2” (A 250 and above) : 9117812
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exvoid HiCap (Steel) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Steel, Welded connection
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 60.3 HC 8251105 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 810 153 23.0
110°C A 76.1 HC 8251115 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 810 163 23.0
A 88.9 HC 8251125 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 965 159 36.0
A 114.3 HC 8251135 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 965 169 37.0
H
A 139.7 HC 8251145 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1225 214 85.0
A 168.3 HC 8251155 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1225 229 86.0
A 219.1 HC 8251165 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1495 284 129.0
A 273.0 HC 8251175 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1609 351 175.0
A 323.9 HC 8251185 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2225 406 340.0
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

HB
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request
ØD
L

Steel, Flange connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar A 50 HC 8251305 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 810 153 23.0
110°C A 65 HC 8251315 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 810 163 23.0
A 80 HC 8251325 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 965 159 36.0
A 100 HC 8251335 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 965 169 37.0
A 125 HC 8251345 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1225 214 85.0
A 150 HC 8251355 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1225 229 86.0 H

A 200 HC 8251365 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1495 284 129.0

A 250 HC 8251375 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1609 351 175.0
A 300 HC 8251385 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2225 406 340.0
A 350 HC 8251915 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2460 501 293.0 HB
A 400 HC 8251925 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2740 580 540.0
A 450 HC 8251945 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 3030 609 902.0
ØD
A 500 HC 8251955 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3310 671 1000.0
L
A 600 HC 8251965 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3160 832 2420.0
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Removes free circulating air and gas bubbles
• Functions in fully automated, continuous operation
• Produces just a minimal, constant drop in pressure
• Enables much faster hydraulic balancing after filling processes
• Prevents development of noise, wear through corrosion, and loss in performance through the formation of larger air bubbles
• Full range in terms of operating pressures, temperatures, and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow

98
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt
The core element is a tube
mesh construction that Several connections are
has proven itself over the available from A22 to 2”
decades, with an extremely
low rate of pressure loss Through flow is not
in the flow direction and a impeded by sludge
high rate of pressure loss
in the transverse direction.
This drastically reduces the The capacity to capture large amounts
amount of turbulence and of sludge results in longer intervals
guides the sludge particles before cleaning becomes necessary
to a part-stabilized area
Space-saving, perpendicular Cooling machine
Magnetic easy clip draining tap. The collected sludge
Exdirt
Suitable for-M models is quickly and forcefully pressed
NEW! out when the tap is opened so
that it can be closed again right
away. The entire process takes Exdirt “brass” system dirt and sludge
Overview just a few seconds separation sketch
• Volumetric flow : 1.25 - 8 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation : DN 20 - DN 40 and 2”
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exdirt (Brass) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Brass, Horizantal
L
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 22 9252000 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 1032) 1.0
110°C D 3/4 9252010 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 1032) 1.0 H ØD
D1 9252020 82 G1 2.00 88 63 1202) 1.2
D 1 1/4 9252030 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 1402) 1.3
D 1 1/2 9252040 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 1742) 1.5
D2 9252050 82 G2 8.00 132 100 215 3.9

Brass, Horizantal, M - Hagnetic Easy Clip

L
Material V max L ØD H Weight

Separation Technology
Type Article No Connection

Deaeration Systems &

Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 22 M 9256600 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 122 1.1
110°C D 3/4 M 9256610 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 122 1.1 H
ØD
D1M 9256620 82 G1 2.00 88 63 139 1.3
D 1 1/4 M 9256630 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 159 1.4
D 1 1/2 M 9256640 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 193 1.6
Magnetic
D2M 9256650 82 G2 8.00 132 100 234 3.1 easy clip

Brass, Vertical
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
L
10 bar D 22 V 9252500 82 22 mm1) 1.25 104 63 1542) 1.9
H
110°C D 3/4 V 9252510 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 1442) 1.8 ØD
D1V 9252520 82 G1 2.00 84 63 1442) 1.8

Brass, Vertical, M - Magnetic Easy Clip

Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
L
10 bar D 22 V-M 9256700 82 22 mm1) 1.25 104 63 173 2.0 H
110°C D 3/4 V-M 9256710 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 163 1.9 ØD

D 1 V-M 9256720 82 G1 2.00 84 63 163 1.9

1) Clamping ring
2) Thermal insulation available Magnetic
easy clip
Brass, Rotatable, Twist Separator, M - Magnetic Easy Clip
B
V max B L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
m3/h mm mm mm mm kg ØD
10 bar DT 22 M 9257300 22 mm 1.25 192 109 63 176 2.0
110°C DT 28 M 9257310 28 mm 2.00 192 111 63 177 2.1 L
H
DT 3/4 M 9257320 IG 3/4 1.25 192 85 63 164 1.8
DT 1 M 9257330 IG 1 2.00 192 100 63 171 2.0
360° DT 1 1/4 M 9257340 IG 1 1/4 3.75 206 100 63 221 2.5 Magnetic
DT 1 1/2 M 9257350 IG 1 1/2 5.00 206 100 63 221 2.3 easy clip

99
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt Option :
Air vent for the removal of gas and air
particles out of the separation chamber.
1” Air vent (D 50 - D 200) : 9255805
2” x 1” Reduction piece (D 250 and above) : 9119475
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt works on a similar
principle to micro-bubble separation: Several connections
The flow is guided through an area are available from
with a greater cross-section than the DN 50 - DN 600
connection dimensions in order to
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing
turbulence caused by the tube mesh
causes heavy materials to move in an Through flow is not
undetermined direction. Depending on impeded by sludge
the volume flow, density, and volume,
parts of these sludge particles are The capacity to capture large
supported in their natural breakaway amounts of sludge results in
motion and guided to the bottom longer intervals before
section of the casing cleaning becomes necessary

Option :
Overview Magnetic insert :
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600 Magnetic removal can be
• Volumetric flow : 12.5 - 1530 m3/h boosted by insertion of
Exferro high performance Exdirt Function
• Exiso thermal insulation : DN 50 - DN 150
magnets Diagram
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exdirt (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Steel, Welded connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 60.3 8252100 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 5211) 370 4.9
110°C D 76.1 8252110 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 5211) 370 5.0
D 88.9 8252120 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 6361) 370 11.0 H
D 114.3 8252130 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 6361) 370 11.7
D 139.7 8252140 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 8111) 430 36.5
D 168.3 8252150 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 8111) 430 37.5
D 219.1 8252160 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1021 430 50.6
D 273.0 8252170 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1324 500 94.3
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

ØD
D 323.9 8252180 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 1535 500 144.9 HB
L
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Steel, Flange connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 50 8252300 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 5211) 370 10.4
110°C D 65 8252310 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 5211) 370 11.5
D 80 8252320 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 6361) 370 19.4
D 100 8252330 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 6361) 370 21.3
D 125 8252340 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 8111) 430 49.6
D 150 8252350 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 8111) 430 53.6 H
D 200 8252360 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1021 430 74.0
D 250 8252370 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1324 500 128.2
D 300 8252380 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 1535 500 190.7
D 350 8252910 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1890 600 Upon request
D 400 8252920 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2090 600 Upon request ØD
D 450 8252940 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2300 600 Upon request HB
L
D 500 8252950 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2520 600 Upon request
D 600 8252960 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 2960 600 Upon request
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief:
• Functions in fully automated continuous operation, produces just a minimal constant drop in pressure
• Maintenance takes just 5 seconds Permanent free throughflow opening for the water
• No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term

100
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt R Option :
Air vent for the removal of gas and air
particles out of the separation chamber.
1” Air vent (D 50 - D 200) : 9255805
2” x 1” Reduction piece (D 250 and above) : 9119475
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt R works on a similar Several connections
principle to micro-bubble separation: are available from
The flow is guided through an area DN 50 - DN 600 Fancoil
with a greater cross-section than the
connection dimensions in order to Through flow is not
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing impeded by sludge
turbulence caused by the tube mesh Cooling
machine
causes heavy materials to move in an
undetermined direction. Depending Exdirt-R

on the volume flow, density, and

volume, parts of these sludge par-
ticles are supported in their natural
breakaway motion and guided to the The capacity to capture large
Cooling
bottom section of the casing amounts of sludge results in machine
longer intervals before cleaning Exdirt-R
becomes necessary.
Maintenance is much easier with Exdirt “steel” detachable base dirt and
Overview its detachable base sludge separation sketch
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow : 12.5 - 1530 m3/h
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exdirt (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator - with detachable base

Steel, Welded connection, detachable base
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 60.3 R 8252200 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 5211) 370 13.4
110°C D 76.1 R 8252210 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 5211) 370 13.6
D 88.9 R 8252220 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 6361) 430 32.0 H
D 114.3 R 8252230 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 6361) 430 34.9
D 139.7 R 8252240 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 8111) 550 78.0
D 168.3 R 8252250 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 8111) 550 85.0
D 219.1 R 8252260 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1021 650 101.0
D 273.0 R 8252270 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1324 850 158.0 ØD

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
D 323.9 R 8252280 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 1535 1000 330.0 HB
L
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Steel, Flange connection, detachable base

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 50 R 8252400 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 5211) 370 18.0
110°C D 65 R 8252410 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 5211) 370 19.0
D 80 R 8252420 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 6361) 430 43.0
D 100 R 8252430 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 6361) 430 51.0
D 125 R 8252440 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 8111) 550 89.0
D 150 R 8252450 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 8111) 550 94.0 H

D 200 R 8252460 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1021 650 121.0

D 250 R 8252470 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1324 850 255.0
D 300 R 8252480 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 1535 1000 390.0
D 350 R 8252912 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1890 Upon request Upon request
D 400 R 8252922 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2090 Upon request Upon request ØD
D 450 R 8252942 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2300 Upon request Upon request HB
L
D 500 R 8252952 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2520 Upon request Upon request
D 600 R 8252962 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 2960 Upon request Upon request
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief:
• Functions in fully automated continuous operation, produces just a minimal constant drop in pressure
• Maintenance takes just 5 seconds Permanent free throughflow opening for the water
• No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base

101
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt HC Option :
Air vent for the removal of gas and air
particles out of the separation chamber.
1” Air vent (D 50 - D 200) : 9255805
The sludge/dirt separation in the Reflex 2” x 1” Reduction piece (D 250 and above) : 9119475
Exdirt HC works on a similar principle Several connections
to micro-bubble separation : The flow is are available from
guided through an area with a greater DN 50 - DN 600
cross-section than the connection Fancoil
dimensions in order to reduce the Through flow is not
flow speed. The ensuing turbulence impeded by sludge.
caused by the tube mesh causes heavy
materials to move in an undetermined Cooling
machine
direction. Depending on the volume
Exdirt-HC
flow, density, and volume, parts of Higher body to ensure high
these sludge particles are supported performance dirt separation
in their natural breakaway motion and
guided to the bottom section of the
casing. Specially designed for bigger
Cooling
systems with longer heights and higher machine
volumetric flow. The capacity to capture large Exdirt-HC
amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before Exdirt “steel” HiCap system dirt and sludge
cleaning becomes necessary. separation sketch

Overview
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
Sludge drain connection
• Volumetric flow : 25 - 3000 m3/h
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exdirt HiCap (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Steel, Welded connection
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 60.3 HC 8252105 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 706 430 23.0
110°C D 76.1 HC 8252115 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 706 430 23.0
D 88.9 HC 8252125 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 861 430 36.0
D 114.3 HC 8252135 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 861 430 37.0
H
D 139.7 HC 8252145 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1121 500 85.0
D 168.3 HC 8252155 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1121 500 86.0
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

D 219.1 HC 8252165 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1391 500 129.0

D 273.0 HC 8252175 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1532 600 175.0
D 323.9 HC 8252185 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2148 600 340.0
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request
ØD
HB
L

Steel, Flange connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 50 HC 8252305 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 7061) 430 28.0
110°C D 65 HC 8252315 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 7061) 430 29.0
D 80 HC 8252325 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 8611) 430 36.0
D 100 HC 8252335 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 8611) 430 46.0
D 125 HC 8252345 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 11211) 500 54.0
D 150 HC 8252355 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 11211) 500 59.2
H
D 200 HC 8252365 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1391 500 83.3
D 250 HC 8252375 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1532 600 119.0
D 300 HC 8252385 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2148 600 160.0
D 350 HC 8252915 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2400 700 270.0
D 400 HC 8252925 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2680 700 354.0
D 450 HC 8252945 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 2970 700 467.0
D 500 HC 8252955 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3100 700 701.0
ØD
D 600 HC 8252965 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3250 700 1801.1
HB
L
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

102
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt R-HC Option :

Air vent for the removal of gas and air
particles out of the separation chamber.
1” Air vent (D 50 - D 200) : 9255805
2” x 1” Reduction piece (D 250 and above) : 9119475
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt R - HC works on a similar
principle to micro-bubble separation : Severel connection
The flow is guided through an area available from
with a greater cross-section than the DN 50 to DN 600
Fancoil
connection dimensions in order to Through flow is not
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing impeded by sludge
turbulence caused by the tube mesh
causes heavy materials to move in an
Cooling
undetermined direction. Depending on machine
the volume flow, density, and volume, Higher body to ensure high Exdirt R-HC
parts of these sludge particles are performance dirt separation
supported in their natural breakaway
motion and guided to the bottom
section of the casing. Specially
designed for bigger systems with Cooling
longer heights and higher volumetric The capacity to capture large machine
flow amounts of sludge results in Exdirt R-HC
longer intervals before cleaning
becomes necessary. Exdirt “steel” HiCap system with
Maintenance is much easier with detachable base
Overview its detachable base
dirt and sludge separation sketch
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow : 12.5 - 1530 m3/h
Sludge drain connection
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Exdirt HiCap (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator - with detachable base
Steel, Welded connection, detachable base
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 60.3 R-HC 8252205 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 706 570 23.0
110°C D 76.1 R-HC 8252215 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 706 570 23.0
D 88.9 R-HC 8252225 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 861 660 36.0
D 114.3 R-HC 8252235 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 861 660 37.0 H
D 139.7 R-HC 8252245 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1121 870 85.0
D 168.3 R-HC 8252255 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1121 870 86.0

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
D 219.1 R-HC 8252265 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1391 1030 129.0
D 273.0 R-HC 8252275 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1532 1050 260.0
D 323.9 R-HC 8252285 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2148 1600 460.0
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request
ØD
HB
L

Steel, Flange connection, detachable base

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar D 50 R-HC 8252405 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 706 570 28.0
110°C D 65 R-HC 8252415 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 706 570 29.0
D 80 R-HC 8252425 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 861 660 44.0
D 100 R-HC 8252435 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 861 660 46.0
D 125 R-HC 8252445 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1121 870 98.0
D 150 R-HC 8252455 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1121 870 100.0 H
D 200 R-HC 8252465 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1391 1030 140.0
D 250 R-HC 8252475 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1532 1050 246.0
D 300 R-HC 8252485 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2148 1600 286.1
D 350 R-HC 8252917 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2400 Upon request Upon request
D 400 R-HC 8252927 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2680 Upon request Upon request
D 450 R-HC 8252947 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 2970 Upon request Upon request
D 500 R-HC 8252957 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3100 Upon request Upon request
ØD
D 600 R-HC 8252967 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3250 Upon request Upon request HB
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request L

103
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin
Non-leak, non-shut-off Extwin
deaeration valve
The core element is a tube
mesh construction that Air chamber with special design:

Bypass
has proven itself over the driving impurities do not reach the
decades, with an extremely deaeration valve; high air chamber
low rate of pressure loss volume to counteract pressure
Cooling
in the flow direction and a fluctuations machine
high rate of pressure loss
in the transverse direction.
This drastically reduces the
amount of turbulence and Several connections
guides the sludge particles to are available from
a part-stabilized area A22 to 1”
Extwin “brass” system combined micro-bubble,
dirt and sludge separation sketch
Space-saving, perpendicular draining
The capacity to capture large
tap. The collected sludge is quickly and
amounts of sludge results
forcefully pressed out when the tap is
in longer intervals before
opened so that it can be closed again
cleaning becomes necessary
right away. The entire process takes
NEW! just a few seconds
Overview
• Dimension-dependent brass designs Magnetic easy clip
• Installation : horizontal, vertical Suitable for-M models
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Extwin (Brass) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Brass, Horizontal
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg ØD
10 bar TW 22 9253000 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 256 1,8
110°C TW 1 9253010 82 G1 2.00 88 63 259 1,8 H

Brass, Horizontal, M - Magnetic Easy Clip

Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
L
10 bar TW 22 M 9257600 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 275 1,9
110°C TW 1 M 9257610 82 G1 2.00 88 63 275 1,8 Magnetic
easy clip

Brass, Vertical
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
10 bar
110°C TW 22 V 9253500 82 22 mm1) 1.25 98 63 266 2,2 ØD

H
Brass, Vertical, M - Magnetic Easy Clip
L
Material V max L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
10 bar Group m3/h mm mm mm kg
110°C TW 22 V-M 9257700 82 22 mm1) 1.25 98 63 285 2,2
1) Clamping ring

Magnetic
Brass, Rotatable, Twist Separator, M - Magnetic Easy Clip easy clip

V max B L ØD H Weight
Type Article No Connection
m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TWT 22 M 9257100 22 mm 1.25 192 109 63 285 2.5
110°C TWT 28 M 9257110 28 mm 2.00 192 111 63 285 2.7 D
360°

TWT 3/4 M 9257120 IG 3/4 1.25 192 85 63 285 2.4

TWT 1 M 9257130 IG 1 2.00 192 100 63 285 2.5 H
L
TWT 1 1/4 M 9257140 IG 1 1/4 3.75 206 100 63 285 3.0
TWT 1 1/2 M 9257150 IG 1 1/2 5.00 206 100 63 285 2.9

Benefits in brief
• Removes free circulating dirt and sludge particles
• Permanent free throughflow opening for the water B

• No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term

104
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin
Integrated Exvoid T Fancoil
automatic air vent

The Reflex Extwin

combines the
modes of
operation of the
Exvoid and Exdirt, Several connections
the principle are available from Extwin
DN 50 to DN 600 Cooling
corresponding machine
with the
functionality set out
on pages 96 & 99
The capacity to capture large Extwin “Steel” system with combined micro-bubble
amounts of sludge results in
dirt and sludge separation sketch
longer intervals before
cleaning becomes necessary
Extwin Function
Sludge drain connection
Diagram
Overview
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow : 12.5-405 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation : DN 50 - DN 125
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Extwin (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Steel, Welded connection
min. 50 mm
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TW 60.3 8253100 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 785 370 7.1
110°C TW 76.1 8253110 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 785 370 7.2
TW 88.9 8253120 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 940 370 14.9
TW 114.3 8253130 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 940 370 15.5 H
TW 139.7 8253140 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 1200 430 44.9

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
TW 168.3 8253150 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 1200 430 45.9
TW 219.1 8253160 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1470 430 63.0
TW 273.0 8253170 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1916 500 119.0
ØD
TW 323.9 8253180 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 2237 500 187.7
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request HB L

Steel, Flange connection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg min. 50 mm
10 bar TW 50 8253300 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 785 370 12.6
110°C TW 65 8253310 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 785 370 13.7
TW 80 8253320 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 940 370 23.2
TW 100 8253330 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 940 370 25.1
TW 125 8253340 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 1200 430 58.0
H
TW 150 8253350 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 1200 430 62.0
TW 200 8253360 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1470 430 86.5
TW 250 8253370 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1916 500 152.9
TW 300 8253380 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 2237 500 233.4
TW 350 8253910 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 2600 600 Upon request
ØD
TW 400 8253920 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2900 600 Upon request
HB L
TW 450 8253940 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 3150 600 Upon request
TW 500 8253950 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 3500 600 Upon request
TW 600 8253960 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 4100 600 Upon request
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, double effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials

105
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin R
Integrated Exvoid T Fancoil
automatic air vent

The Reflex Extwin combines

the modes of operation of
the Exvoid and Exdirt, the
principle corresponding with
Several connections
the functionality set out on
are available from Extwin R
pages 96 & 99
DN 50 to DN 300 Cooling
machine

Extwin “Steel” system with detachable base

The capacity to capture large
combined micro-bubble,
amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before cleaning dirt and sludge separation sketch
becomes necessary.
Maintenance is much easier
Overview with its detachable base
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
Sludge drain connection
• Volumetric flow : 12.5 - 1530 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation : DN 50 - DN 125
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Extwin (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator - with detachable base
Steel, Welded connection, detachable base
min. 50 mm
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TW 60.3 R 8253200 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 785 370 13.0
110°C TW 76.1 R 8253210 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 785 370 13.0
TW 88.9 R 8253220 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 940 550 46.0
H
TW 114.3 R 8253230 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 940 550 36.0
TW 139.7 R 8253240 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 1200 750 102.0
TW 168.3 R 8253250 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 1200 750 78.0
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

TW 219.1 R 8253260 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1470 1000 182.0

TW 273.0 R 8253270 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1916 1350 180.0
TW 323.9 R 8253280 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 2237 1850 450.0 ØD
HB L
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Steel, Flange connection, detachable base

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
TW 50 R 8253400 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 785 370 18.0 min. 50 mm
10 bar
110°C TW 65 R 8253410 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 785 370 19.0
TW 80 R 8253420 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 940 550 43.0
TW 100 R 8253430 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 940 550 51.0
TW 125 R 8253440 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 1200 750 89.0
TW 150 R 8253450 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 1200 750 94.0
H
TW 200 R 8253460 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1470 1000 138.0
TW 250 R 8253470 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1916 1350 355.0
TW 300 R 8253480 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 2237 1850 500.0
TW 350 R 8253912 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 2600 Upon request Upon request
TW 400 R 8253922 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2900 Upon request Upon request ØD
TW 450 R 8253942 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 3150 Upon request Upon request HB L
TW 500 R 8253952 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 3500 Upon request Upon request
TW 600 R 8253962 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 4100 Upon request Upon request
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, double effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base

106
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin HC
Integrated Exvoid T Fancoil
automatic air vent
The Reflex Extwin HC com-
bines the modes of operation
of the Exvoid and Exdirt, the
principle corresponding with
the functionality set out Higher body to ensure high
on pages 96 & 99. Specially performance in both deaeration
designed for bigger systems and dirt separation
with longer heights and
higher volumetric flow. Several connections Extwin HC
are available from Cooling
machine
DN 50 to DN 600

Extwin “Steel” HiCap system combined micro-bubble,

The capacity to capture large dirt and sludge separation sketch
amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before cleaning
becomes necessary
Overview
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600 Sludge drain connection
• Volumetric flow : 25 - 3000 m3/h
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Extwin HiCap (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Steel, Welded connection min. 50 mm
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TW 60.3 HC 8253105 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 1050 430 23.0
110°C TW 76.1 HC 8253115 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 1050 430 23.0
TW 88.9 HC 8253125 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 1285 430 36.0
TW 114.3 HC 8253135 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 1285 430 37.0
H
TW 139.7 HC 8253145 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1710 500 81.0
TW 168.3 HC 8253155 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1710 500 86.0
TW 219.1 HC 8253165 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 2035 500 129.0

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
TW 273.0 HC 8253175 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 2764 600 305.0
TW 323.9 HC 8253185 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 3330 600 430.0
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request
ØD
HB L

Steel, Flange collection

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight

Type Article No Connection min. 50 mm
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TW 50 HC 8253305 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 1050 430 28.0
110°C TW 65 HC 8253315 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 1050 430 29.0
TW 80 HC 8253325 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 1285 430 44.0
TW 100 HC 8253335 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 1285 430 46.0
TW 125 HC 8253345 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1710 500 98.0
TW 150 HC 8253355 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1710 500 100.0 H
TW 200 HC 8253365 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 2035 500 104.0
TW 250 HC 8253375 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 2764 600 156.1
TW 300 HC 8253385 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 3330 600 480.0
TW 350 HC 8253915 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 3600 700 331.0
TW 400 HC 8253925 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 4000 700 429.0
TW 450 HC 8253945 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 4500 700 573.0 ØD
TW 500 HC 8253955 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 4900 700 853.0 HB L
TW 600 HC 8253965 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 5800 700 2019.2
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, double effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow

107
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin R-HC
Integrated Exvoid T Fancoil
automatic air vent

The Reflex Extwin combines

the modes of operation of
the Exvoid and Exdirt, the Higher body to ensure high
principle corresponding with performance in both deaeration
the functionality set out on and dirt separation
pages 96 & 99. Specially
designed for bigger systems Several connections Extwin R-HC
with longer heights and are available from Cooling
higher volumetric flow machine
DN 50 to DN 600

Extwin “Steel” HiCap with inspection opening

The capacity to capture large
amounts of sludge results in system combined micro-bubble, dirt and
longer intervals before cleaning sludge separation sketch
becomes necessary.
Maintenance is much easier with
Overview its detachable base
• Connection : DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow : 25 - 3000 m3/h Sludge drain connection
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

Extwin HiCap (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator - with detachable base
Steel, Welded connection, detachable base min. 50 mm
Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg
10 bar TW 60.3 R-HC 8253205 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 1050 640 23.0
110°C TW 76.1 R-HC 8253215 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 1050 640 23.0
TW 88.9 R-HC 8253225 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 1285 900 36.0
TW 114.3 R-HC 8253235 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 1285 900 37.0
H
TW 139.7 R-HC 8253245 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1710 1300 85.0
TW 168.3 R-HC 8253255 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1710 1300 86.0
Separation Technology

TW 219.1 R-HC 8253265 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 2035 1600 129.0
Deaeration Systems &

TW 273.0 R-HC 8253275 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 2764 2100 400.0
TW 323.9 R-HC 8253285 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 3330 2900 570.0
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request
ØD
HB L

Steel, Flange connection, detachable base

Material V max L ØD H HB Weight
Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm kg min. 50 mm

10 bar TW 50 R-HC 8253405 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 1050 640 28.0
110°C TW 65 R-HC 8253415 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 1050 640 29.0
TW 80 R-HC 8253425 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 1285 900 44.0
TW 100 R-HC 8253435 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 1285 900 46.0
TW 125 R-HC 8253445 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1710 1300 98.0
TW 150 R-HC 8253455 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1710 1300 100.0
H
TW 200 R-HC 8253465 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 2035 1600 231.6
TW 250 R-HC 8253475 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 2764 2100 375.9
TW 300 R-HC 8253485 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 3330 2900 620.0
TW 350 R-HC 8253917 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 3600 Upon request 1111.9
TW 400 R-HC 8253927 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 4000 Upon request Upon request
TW 450 R-HC 8253947 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 4500 Upon request Upon request ØD
TW 500 R-HC 8253957 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 4900 Upon request Upon request
HB L
TW 600 R-HC 8253967 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 5800 Upon request Upon request
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, double effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base

108
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology
D

Exdirt V
Option : L3
Air vent for the removal of gas and air
particles out of the separation chamber.
1” Air vent (D 50 - D 200) : 9255805
2” x 1” Reduction piece (D 250 and above) : 9119475
• Connection DN 50 – DN 150 PN 6 / PN 16
• Standard installation length F1 according to DIN EN 558:2017-05 norm
• Drain and venting connection : G 1”
• Permissible gauge operating pressure : 10 bar
• Operating temperature : 110 °C L
• Volumetric flow : 12.5–108 m³/h
• Water/glycol mixture up to a mixing ratio of 50 : 50 (at least 25%)
H
• Optional : Exferro high performance magnetic insert
• Other pressure ratings and temperatures on request
• Removes free dirt and sludge particles < 5 µm
• Copper wire mesh strainer

According to DIN 558:2017-05 norm, the Exdirt V can be installed

simply and cost-effectively in place of existing dirt traps. Exdirt V
Replacing functions without any filter elements. The advantage is that there
is no clogging but rather a permanently free opening for the
a dirt trap system water to flow through and cleaning is possible without H4
having to interrupt operation.

Material V max L L3 ØD H H4 Weight

Type Article No Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm mm kg
D 50 V F1 8259501 83 DN 50/PN 6 12.5 230 296 206 569 370 13.7
6 bar
110°C D 65 V F1 8259511 83 DN 65/PN 6 20.0 290 306 206 617 370 15.8
D 80 V F1 8259521 83 DN 80/PN 6 27.0 310 313 206 667 370 19.7
D 100 V F1 8259531 83 DN 100/PN 6 47.0 350 323 206 717 370 24.4
D 125 V F1 8259541 83 DN 125/PN 6 72.0 400 412 354 968 370 59.1
D 150 V F1 8259551 83 DN 150/PN 6 108.0 480 430 354 1018 370 67.2
10bar D 50 V F1 8259500 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 230 296 206 569 370 16.1
110°C D 65 V F1 8259510 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 290 306 206 617 370 18.3
D 80 V F1 8259520 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 310 313 206 667 370 21.7
D 100 V F1 8259530 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 350 323 206 717 370 26.6
D 125 V F1 8259540 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 400 412 354 968 370 62.2
D 150 V F1 8259550 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 480 430 354 1018 370 71.8
Construction design : PN16/PN25 available upon request

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Connection KVS Vmax Pressure loss calculation for all flow rates
[m³/h] [m³/h]
( )•
² Example : Heating circuit 70/55°C;
∆p = 1 bar; ≤ max
DN 50 64.5 12.50 KVS Heat generator output 80 kW

DN 65 109.5 20.00 1. Volumetric flow calculation

80 kW s 1 m³
= • 3,600 •
DN 80 142.7 27.00 4.2 kJ / (kg• K) • (70 - 55) K h 1,000 kg

DN 100 219.8 47.00 = 4.6 m³/h → Range presented in a table : DN 50 with KVS = 64.5 m³/h

DN 125 316.2 72.00

DN 150 439.1 108.00

∆p =
( 4.6 m³/h
64.5 m³/h )²
• 1 bar = 5.08 • 10-3 bar | • 100 kPa/bar
= 0.508 kPa

7,00
DN 150
6,00
DN 125
5,00 DN 100
Pressure loss [kPa]

4,00 DN 50
DN 80
DN 65
3,00

2,00

1,00 Pressure drop is calculated based

on water velocity = 1.5 m/s
0,00
1 10 100
Flow rate [m³/h]

109
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Reflex LA - Air Separator Without Wire Mesh

• Separates gas bubbles (air, nitrogen etc.)
from heating and cooling systems Rp 3/8 Rp 3/8
• Increases system efficiency and average
lifetime of components
• Low pressure drop ØD
h
ØD
A h
• Without wire mesh A
• Welded connection
• Economical air separation technology B B
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating L L
• Max. operating pressure : 10 bar LA 32 - LA 50 LA 65 - LA 200
• Max. operating temperature : 120 °C

Air-vent Air-vent
Rp 3/8 Rp 3/8

Exvoid-T Airvent
Reflex LA Article No : 9250038

Cooling machine

Reflex LA “Steel” air separation sketch Flange type available upon request

Type ØD L B h Weight
Article No Material Group A
10 Bar / 120°C mm mm mm mm kg
LA 32 8671000 72 DN 32 206 300 255 30 2.4
10 bar LA 40 8672000 72 DN 40 206 300 255 40 2.5
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

120°C LA 50 8673000 72 DN 50 206 300 255 40 2.6

LA 65 8674000 72 DN 65 280 395 315 60 4.4
LA 80 8675000 72 DN 80 280 395 315 60 4.5
LA 100 8676000 72 DN 100 280 395 315 50 5.0
LA 125 8677000 72 DN 125 280 390 315 40 5.3
LA 150 8678000 72 DN 150 409 590 510 90 12.9
LA 200 8679000 72 DN 200 409 590 510 40 13.8
2 x Exvoid-T air vent to be ordered separately (Art. No : 9250038)

Customised Solutions

In addition to our standard portfolio, we can also supply customised

separators for higher flow rates, operating pressures and operating We can supply seperators for
temperatures on request. We can provide expert, bespoke advice at
every step of the way : From project planning and commissioning • Higher flow rates
right through to documentation and maintenance. We have years of
experience working in all relevant sectors and all types of buildings. • Higher operating pressures
• Higher operating temperatures
• Special accessories

110
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Accessories
Reflex Exferro
• Magnetic insert for sludge separator
• 110°C/10 bar
• Magnetic bar screwed into thermowell/T-piece
• For uptake of ferromagnetic substances
Material Area Of Installation Length Weight
Type Article No
Group Application (mm) kg
Exferro D 50 - 65 (60.3 - 76.1) 9258340 83 DN 50 - DN 65 315 1.0
Exferro D 80 - 100 (88.9 - 114.3) 9258350 83 DN 80 - DN 100 365 1.4
Exferro D 125 - 150 (139.7 - 168.3) 9258360 83 DN 125 - DN 150 465 1.9
Exferro D 200 (219.1) 9258370 83 DN 200 565 2.4
Exferro D 250 - 600 (273.0 - 323.9) 9258380 83 DN 250 - DN 600 815 4.7

Reflex Exiso
• Thermal insulation for : Brass Exvoid and Exdirt 22 mm - 2”

Material Insulation Ø H Weight

Type Article No
Group thick-ness (mm) mm mm kg
A 22 - 1 1/2 , D 22 - 1 1/2 9254811 82 15.0 125 225 0.15
A 2, D 2 9254801 82 15.0 135 270 0.25

• Thermal insulation for Exvoid and Exdirt, steel version

Material Insulation Ø H Weight
Type Article No
Group thick-ness (mm) mm mm kg
DN 50-65 (60.3 - 76.1) 9254831 83 30.5 228 447 2.0
DN 80-100 (88.9 - 114.3) 9254841 83 30.5 290 567 3.0
DN 125-150 (139.7 - 168.3) 9254851 83 30.5 395 742 4.0

Reflex Exiso - Suitable For Rotatable / Twist Models

Separation Technology
• Heat insulation Exiso Twist 22-1” and Exiso Twist 1/1/4 - 1/1/2”

Deaeration Systems &

are available on request, consisting of universally applicable form-
and temperature-stable, adaptable, form-fitting half shells made of
Expanded Polypropylene (EPP)
• Thermal conductivity 0.035 W/mK (10°C)
• Application temperature up to 110°C
• Fire protection class B2 acc. to DIN 4102 and E acc. to EN 13501-1
• Modular design for flexible insulation with one option each for Exdirt,
Exvoid and Extwin 22 mm to 1” and 1/1/4” to 1/1/2”

Reflex Exferro Easy Clip

Separated after 100 cycles [g]/[%] Field line curve of Exferro Easy Clip
Separated after 50 cycles [g]/[%]
Separated after 30 cycles [g]/[%]
Exferro Easy Clip

Separated after 20 cycles [g]/[%]

Exdirt DN22

Magnetic sleeve
Exdirt DN22 M

Separator 06

0.5
Separator 02

Separator 08

New: Exferro Easy Clip

Separator 04
without magnet

0.4
Separator 03
Exdirt DN22

All Exdirt and Extwin brass separa-

Separator 05

Separator 07
Separator 01

0.3
tors are fitted with a high-perfor-
mance Exferro Easy Clip magnet. 0.2
The axially aligned neodymium
The strength of the magnetic field exerts
magnet can hold 14.4 kg and is 0.1
maximum impact on the fluid in the
simply clipped on from below. separator, enabling the optimum separa-
0.0
tion of ferromagnetic dirt particles.

111
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Pressure Loss Diagram for Exvoid, Exdirt, Extwin Standard Models

Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h 2
V x 1 bar, V ≤ V max
Rp 3/4 10.7 1.25 DN 150 487.9 108.0 ∆p= ( Kvs (
Rp 1 17.2 2.00 DN 200 780.6 180.0
Rp 1 1/4 31.8 3.70 DN 250 1185.7 288.0 Example :
Rp 1 1/2 40.0 5.00 DN 300 1696.4 405.0 Heating circuit 70/55°C, heat generator output 40 kW
Rp 2 56.1 7.50 DN 350 1790.3 500.0
Volume flow calculation
DN 50 72.2 12.50 DN 400 2242.7 650.0
DN 65 121.7 20.00 DN 450 2687.9 850.0 V= ( 4.2 kJ / (kg40K)kW. (70-55) K ( x 3.600 s
x
1 m3
h 1.000 kg
DN 80 158.5 27.0 DN 500 3196.0 1.060.0
DN 100 244.3 47.0 DN 600 4416.7 1.530.0 = 2.3 m3/h → selected size Rp 1 1/4
DN 125 351.3 72.0 2
2.3 m ./h x 1 bar = 5.23 x 10-3 bar
3
∆p= ( 31.8 m3/h
(
= 0.53 kPa

• Pressure drop is calculated based

on water velocity = 1.5 m/s

Pressure Loss Diagram for Exvoid, Exdirt, Extwin Hi-Cap Models

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h
DN 50 72.2 25.0 DN 250 1,096.4 576.0
DN 65 121.7 40.0 DN 300 1,459.5 810.0
DN 80 158.5 54.0 DN 350 1,790.3 1,000.0
DN 100 244.3 94.0 DN 400 2,242.7 1,300.0
DN 125 351.3 144.0 DN 450 2,687.9 1,700.0
DN 150 487.9 216.0 DN 500 3,196.0 2,120.0
DN 200 780.6 376.0 DN 600 4,416.7 3,060.0

• Pressure drop is calculated based

on water velocity = 3.0 m/s

112
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Hot Water Storage Tanks

• Storatherm Aqua, Glass-Lined Hot Water Storage Tanks
For Sanitary Use

REFLEX
AB 300/1_B s

69

304
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
2017

Heat Exchangers

113
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Product overview
Storatherm Aqua

Single Coil Tanks

AC ..../1-W AC 120/1 AB 100/1-500/1 AF 750/1-3000/1 AH 300/1-1000/1 AI 150/1 - 500/1

AF 100/1-500/1 Stainless Steel

Double Coil Tanks

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

AB 200/2-500/2 AF 750/2-3000/2 AH 300/2-1000/2

AF 200/2-500/2
Heat Exchangers

Storage Tanks

AC ..../E-W AL 300-500/R Al 750-1000/R AL 1500-3000/R2 AL 1500-3000/R3 AL 3000-5000/R4

AL 300-500/R2 Al 750-1000/R2
114
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Product overview
Storatherm Heat

Buffer tank for heating & cooling Sinus custom-made buffer tanks

of
brand

H 300-5000/R H 300-5000/1 H 500-1500/2

(With flange and (Without flange and (Without flange and
without coil) with single coil) with double coil)

Buffer tank with insulation for heating

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

HF 300-2000 HF 300-2000/R HF 300-2000/1 HF 500-1500/2 Heat Exchangers

Buffer tank with insulation for heating & sanitary hot water

HC 500-1500/1 HC 500-1500/2

115
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua
Single Coil Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

• Floor standing indirect fired water heater

• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel
ØD
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• On 1500 - 3000 litres, maintenance free titanium anode (230 V) is mounted
• High capacity, low pressure-drop glass-lined heat exchanger
• Dial thermometer
• Up to 500 litres are foamed with insulation system
Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation 750 and 1000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres ØD
• AB steel jacket in white & silver colours,
• AF foil jacket in white & silver colours H
• Factory mounted insulation except 3000 litres (jacket
delivered separately to be mounted on site)
• Clean-out for inspection access
REFLEX

• Accessories for additional heating : H

AB 300/1_B s

Extra electrical heating element (page 126) B

EEHR : Screw-in type for non continuous operation C

EFHR : Flange type for continuous operation (recommended)

Extra removable heat exchanger (page 127) 57 80
RWT 1 : Suitable for 150 to 500 litres
RWT 2 : Suitable for 750 to 3000 litres 2017 2017 2017

• Max. operating pressure : Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar AF 150/1 - 500/1 AB/AF 100/1 - 3000/1
• Max. operating temperature : Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C

Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Heat Loses EEC
Type
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg Surface m2 W
AF 150/1M_A 7355100 7350100 60 158 650x650 1068 1212 56 0.83 36 A
AF 150/1M_B 7861600 7861100 60 158 540 1172 1271 47 0.75 56 B
AF 200/1M_A 7355200 7350200 60 198 650x650 1260 1384 62 0.95 39 A
AF 200/1M_B 7861700 7861200 60 198 600 1435 1530 62 0.95 55 B
AF 200/1M_C 7847600 7847100 60 198 540 1435 1530 56 0.95 68 C
AF 300/1M_A 7355300 7350300 60 300 750x750 1294 1452 89 1.28 49 A
AF 300/1M_B 7861800 7861300 60 300 700 1334 1438 83 1.45 69 B
AF 400/1M_A 7355400 7350400 60 385 790x790 1591 1729 112 1.75 51 A
AF 400/1M_B 7861900 7861400 60 385 750 1591 1721 137 1.80 69 B
AF 400/1M_C 7847800 7847300 60 385 700 1591 1721 137 1.80 84 C
AF 500/1M_A 7355500 7350500 60 478 790x790 1921 2038 129 1.88 58 A
AF 500/1M_B 7862000 7861500 60 478 750 1961 2039 128 1.90 73 B
AF 500/1M_C 7847900 7847400 60 478 700 1961 2039 117 1.90 99 C

AF 750/1_C 7848000 7838000 60 750 950 2023 2104 230 3.70 123 C
AF 1000/1_C 7848100 7838100 60 976 1050 2050 2158 288 4.50 142 C
AF 1500/1_C 7848200 - 52 1500 1244 2216 2371 480 6.00 171 C
AF 2000/1_C 7848300 - 52 2000 1440 2126 2226 650 7.00 188 C
AF 3000/1_C 7848400 - 52 2800 1440 2878 3040 790 9.50 - -
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

AB 100/1_C 7895500 7846400 60 100 512 849 960 38 0.61 50 C

AB 150/1_B 7895600 7846500 60 150 540 1222 1290 56 0.75 56 B
AB 200/1_C 7895700 7846600 60 200 540 1473 1530 67 0.95 68 C
AB 300/1_B 7895800 7846700 60 300 700 1334 1472 102 1.45 69 B
Heat Exchangers

AB 400/1_C 7895900 7846800 60 400 700 1631 1738 123 1.80 84 C

AB 500/1_C 7896100 7846900 60 500 700 1961 2044 144 1.90 99 C

* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Performance Table 100/1 120/1 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1 750/1 1000/1 1500/1 2000/1 3000/1

Water volume coil litres 4.3 5 5.2 6.6 10.1 12.6 13.3 32.2 39.1 55.2 64.5 86.7
Heating capacity kW 19 22 25 31 48 57 65 99 110 156 196 254
Max pressure coil bar 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Max temperature coil °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 480 540 615 760 1170 1395 1590 2440 2715 3846 4827 6260
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 204 238 306 382 583 729 881 1371 1714 2566 3373 5245
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 593 689 818 1017 1586 1896 2212 3398 3967 5761 7387 8276
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 18 18 22 22 22 24 26 27 31 34 36 48
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C

116
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua
Single Coil Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

Magnesium anode
ØD
WW
optimal protection against corrosion
(maintenance free power anode available)
WW
KW Z are mounted as standard on 1500 - 3000
Thermometer litres
HR HV

Anode z Glass-lined tank

steel and glass are fused together to achieve
the best of both materials - the strength and
HV
engineering flexibility of steel and the
Heating coil
with large
corrosion resistance of glass 1st class water
H heating surface Sensor tube with respect to hygiene and taste smooth
glass-lined which prevents formation of lime
Flange deposits on surface
LK 150 (150-500) h1
LK 225 (750-3000) h2 Inspection hole
HR h3 from 150 litres facilitates cleaning and
h4 maintenance could be used to install an
h7 KW h5 additional electrical heating element or
AC 120/1 h6 auxiliary heat exchanger.

Type AB/AC/AF 100/1 120/1 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1 750/1 1000/1 1500/1 2000/1 3000/1

Capacity litres 98 115 158 198 300 385 478 750 982 1500 2000 2800
Diameter mm 512 560 540 540 700 700 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200
Height mm 849 800 1222 1473 1334 1631 1961 2000 2025 2216 2126 2875
Height without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 1932 1959 2109 2019 2784
Net weight kg 38 42 54 65 99 119 170 241 304 480 650 1000
Coil water volume litres 4.3 5 5.2 6.6 10.1 12.6 13.3 32.2 39.1 55.2 64.5 86.7
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Hot water outlet WW
(h1) mm 740 835 1106 1366 1226 1523 1853 1886 1900 248 1937 2691
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Cold water inlet KW
(h6) mm 55 835 55 55 55 55 55 99 103 105 118 156
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2”
Circulation Z
(h2) mm 605 835 732 899 918 1111 1264 1417 1489 1660 1670 2406
R 1” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler supply HV
(h3) mm 523 835 596 686 720 908 965 1314 1324 1543 1568 1930
R 1” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler return HR
(h5) mm 193 835 191 191 220 220 220 288 296 333 360 396
Ø x L mm 16 x 200 11 x 450 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x 250
Sensor tube
(h4) mm 428 800 461 506 548 683 695 1079 1087 1140 1175 1470

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Ø Rp 1 1/4” DN 85 150 150 150 150 150 225 225 225 225 225
Flange
(h7) mm 248 800 246 246 275 275 275 378 387 412 443 481
Heat Exchangers

Pressure Loss Chart

C [m3/h] C [m3/h]

117
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Solar

Double Coil Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

• Floor standing indirect fired/solar water heater

• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel ØD
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• On 1500 - 3000 litres, maintenance free titanium anode (230 V) is mounted
• High capacity, low pressure-drop glass-lined heat exchanger
• Dial thermometer
• Up to 500 litres are foamed with insulation system
Extra thick ( 100 mm) fleece insulation 750 and 1.000 litres, ØD
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• AB steel jacket in white & silver colours,
• AF foil jacket in white & silver colours H
• Factory mounted insulation except 3000 litres (jacket
delivered separately to be mounted on site) REFLEX

• Clean-out for inspection access

AB 300/1_B s

H
• Accessories for additional heating : B

Extra electrical heating element (page 126) C

EEHR : Screw-in type for non continuous operation

EFHR : Flange type for continuous operation (recommended) 57 80
Extra removable heat exchanger (page 127)
RWT 1 : Suitable for 150 to 500 litres 2017 2017 2017

RWT 2 : Suitable for 750 to 3000 litres

• Max. operating pressure : Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature : Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C

Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Surface Heat Loses
Type EEC
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg top/buttom m2 W
AF 200/2_A 7355600 7350600 61 196 650x650 1482 1384 70 0.95/0.67 40 A
AF 200/2_B 7862100 7896700 61 196 600 1435 1530 84 0.7/0.95 52 B
AF 200/2_C 7848800 7896800 61 196 540 1435 1530 67 0.7/0.95 71 C
AF 300/2_A 7355700 7350700 61 300 750x750 1519 1452 100 1.42/0.84 50 A
AF 300/2_B 7849800 - 61 303 700 1294 1438 95 0.85/1.45 70 B
AF 300/2 S_B 7862200 7862500 61 299 650 1794 1884 103 0.8/1.55 62 B
AF 300/2 S_C 7849000 7836300 61 299 600 1794 1884 99 0.8/1.55 83 C
AF 400/2_A 7355800 7350800 61 380 790x790 1816 1729 124 1.75/1.00 53 A
AF 400/2_B 7862300 7862600 61 382 750 1591 1721 126 1.05/1.8 68 B
AF 400/2_C 7849100 7849900 61 382 700 1591 1721 117 1.05/1.8 86 C
AF 500/2_A 7355900 7350900 61 470 790x790 2151 2038 146 1.88/1.28 58 A
AF 500/2_B 7862400 7862700 61 482 750 1921 2039 145 1.3/1.9 78 B
AF 500/2_C 7849200 7850000 61 474 700 1921 2039 134 1.3/1.9 100 C
AF 750/2_C 7849300 7838500 61 751 950 2035 2104 216 1.17/1.93 129 C
AF 1000/2_C 7849400 7838600 61 972 1050 2060 2158 278 1.17/2.45 146 C
AF 1500/2_C 7849500 - 52 1500 1240 2230 2731 495 1.9/3.9 171 C
AF 2000/2_C 7849600 - 52 2000 1440 2140 2226 670 2.25/4.2 188 C
AF 3000/2_C 7849700 - 52 2800 1440 2903 3400 820 3.4/6.8 - -
AB 300/2 S_C 7896400 7848500 61 299 600 1794 1884 109 0.8/1.55 83 C
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

AB 400/2_C 7896500 7836400 61 382 700 1591 1721 138 1.05/1.80 86 C

AB 500/2_C 7896600 7848700 61 474 700 1921 2039 155 1.30/1.90 100 C
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class
Heat Exchangers

300/2
Performance Table 200/2 300/2 400/2 500/2 750/2 1000/2 1500/2 2000/2 3000/2
short
Water volume - upper coil litres 0.7 5.6 5.6 7.3 9.1 8.2 7.8 17.5 21.8 32.2
Water volume - lower coil litres 0.95 10.8 10.8 12.6 13.3 13.5 17.1 35.0 43.6 62.2
Max pressure coil bar 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Max temperature coil °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Heating capacity - upper coil kW 24 26 26 31 40 33 32 57 72 91
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 550 630 630 740 970 815 780 1390 1760 2245
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 371 490 486 616 769 1100 1418 2160 2865 4944
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 871 1022 1019 1251 1588 1776 2073 3319 4331 6470
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 29 40 40 45 44 80 109 92 97 81
Heating capacity - lower coil kW 31 48 48 57 65 60 76 99 112 166
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 760 1170 1170 1395 1590 1460 1870 2430 2449 4098
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 399 580 576 722 871 1211 1598 2334 3030 4770
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 1034 1810 1559 2193 2586 2890 3692 4358 5320 4265
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 22 22 22 25 27 44 46 53 63 63
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C

118
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Solar

Double Coil Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

Magnesium anode
WW optimal protection against corrosion
Anode maintenance free power anode available are mounted as
standard on 1500 - 3000 litres
Thermometer
HV
Heating coil
Sensor tube 1 2 large capacity heating coils designed to prevent the formation
Heating coil Z off cold zones and thus the contamination with bacetria
HR
SV Glass-lined tank
steel and glass are fused together to achieve the best of both
h1 materials - the strength and engineering flexibility of steel and
Solar heating coil h2 the corrosion resistance of glass 1st class water with respect to
h3 hygiene and taste smooth glass-lined which prevents formation
h4 of lime deposits on surface
Sensor tube 2 h5
Flange
SR h6 Inspection hole
h7 from 150 litres facilitates cleaning and maintenance could
h10 KW
h8 be used to install an additional electrical heating element or
h9 auxiliary heat exchanger.

300/2 S
Performance Table 200/2 300/2 400/2 500/2 750/2 1000/2 1500/2 2000/2 3000/2
short
Capacity litres 191 298 295 380 470 750 995 1500 2000 2800
Diameter mm 540 700 600 700 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200
Height mm 1473 1334 1834 1631 1961 2000 2025 2216 2025 2875
Height without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 1932 1959 1989 2019 2784
Net weight kg 70 106 106 130 160 231 291 495 670 820
Upper coil water volume litres 0.70 5.6 5.6 7.3 9.1 8.2 7.8 17.5 21.8 32.2
Lower coil water volume litres 0.95 10.8 10.8 12.6 13.3 13.5 17.1 35.0 43.6 62.2
R 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Hot water outlet WW
(h1) mm 1366 1226 1725 1523 1853 1887 1905 2048 1937 2691
R 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Cold water inlet KW
(h9) mm 55 55 90 55 55 99 103 105 118 156
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Circulation Z
(h4) mm 899 625 1179 1111 1264 1242 1243 1660 1695 2406
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler supply HV
(h2) mm 1146 1048 1424 1354 1604 1467 1423 1660 1613 2235
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler return HR
(h5) mm 786 790 1064 1006 1114 1151 1153 1153 1224 1645
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Solar supply SV
(h6) mm 686 715 964 909 965 830 884 884 1080 1466
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Solar return SR
(h8) mm 191 220 254 220 220 288 297 333 360 396

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Ø x L mm 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x250
Sensor tube 1 F
(h3) mm 1011 920 1289 1223 1409 1332 1333 1140 1350 1780
Ø x L mm 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x 250
Sensor tube 2 FS
(h7) mm 280 306 403 369 280 402 411 411 510 522
Heat Exchangers
Ø 150 150 150 150 150 225 225 225 225 225
Flange
(h10) mm 246 275 324 275 275 378 287 412 443 481

Pressure Loss Chart

Upper Coil Upper Coil

Lower Coil (Solar) Lower Coil (Solar)

119
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump

Hot Water Storage Tanks Single & Double Coil
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
B C

ØD Sensor tube
• Floor standing indirect fired water heater
destined for heat pump applications
• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) steel
Thermometer
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Extra large heating surface ensuring Magnesium
anode
best energy transfer performance for heat pumps
AH.../1 Single coil
AH.../2 Double coil 2 x Heating
• Magnesium anode rod for tank protection coils with large
• Dial thermometer heating surface
H
• Up to 500 litres are foamed with insulation system REFLEX
AB 300/1_B s

Extra thick ( 100 mm) fleece insulation 750 and 1000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres B

C
• 1 1/2” Socket for addition of EEHR electrical heating element
• Clean out for inspection access as well as possibility to Flange
57 80
add an additional heating source
• Max. operating pressure : Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature : Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C
2017 2017 2017

AH ..../1 AH ..../2

Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Weight Tilt Height Heating Surface

Type EEC
White Silver Group mm mm kg mm m2
AH 300/1_B 7864000 - 60 700 1297 124 1443 3.2 B
AH 400/1_B 7864100 - 60 750 1594 176 1772 5.0 B
AH 400/1_C 7845600 - 60 700 1594 167 1714 5.0 C
AH 500/1_B 7864200 - 60 750 1921 222 2039 6.2 B
AH 500/1_C 7845700 - 60 700 1921 201 2020 6.2 C
AH 750/1_C 7845800 - 60 950 2050 263 2107 7.0 C
AH 1000/1_C 7845900 - 60 1050 2085 335 2158 9.2 C

AH 400/2_B 7864300 - 60 750 1594 162 1722 1.4/3.2 B

AH 400/2_C 7846000 - 60 700 1594 189 1722 1.4/3.2 C
AH 500/2_B 7864400 - 60 750 1921 208 2039 1.6./4.3 B
AH 500/2_C 7846100 - 60 700 1921 235 2020 1.6/4.3 C
AH 750/2_C 7846200 - 60 950 2050 283 2107 2.2/5.2 C
AH 1000/2_C 7846300 - 60 1050 2085 385 2185 3.1/6.1 C

Performance Table 300/1 400/1 400/2 500/1 500/2 750/1 750/2 1000/1 1000/2

Water volume - upper coil litres - - 27.2 - 36.3 - 39.6 - 42.7

Water volume - lower coil litres 24 35 11.3 45 13.6 49 15.6 64 21.5
Heating capacity - upper coil kW - - 64 - 88 - 110 - 132
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h - - 1835 - 2323 - 3153 - 3784
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min - - 907 - 1172 - 1653 - 2134
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour - - 2349 - 3166 - 4119 - 5071
Heating time ∆T 35°C min - - 15 - 14 - 17 - 19
Heating capacity - lower coil kW 68 106 40 131 46 152 60 203 82
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 1949 3039 1147 3755 1319 4557 1720 5819 2351
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 776 1108 792 1377 971 1853 1414 2473 1895
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 2335 3553 1661 4399 1962 5323 2685 7106 3638
Heating time ∆T 35°C min 11 9 25 9 27 12 31 12 30
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C * EEC : Energy Efficiency Class
Heat Exchangers

Pressure Loss Chart

Upper Coil
Lower Coil (Solar)

120
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Compact

Wall-Hung Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
B C

• Wall-hung tanks in compact design, usable with all

conventional energy sources
• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• High capacity, low pressure-drop
glass lined heat exchanger
• Extra thick PU-foam insulation
• Robust frame to carry 240 kg
• E-variant with high-quality ceramic immersion heater without
contact with potable water Magnesium
• Steel sheet jacket with insulation system anode
• For AC…/1E–W and AC…/E–W:
Capacity 3 kW at 400 V or 1 kW at 230 V
Regulating range :
7°C-85°C, shut-down at 110°C H
• Max. operating pressure :
Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar w
• Max. operating temperature :
Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C T
AC 150/1 - 250/1 AC ..../E-W AC ..../1 E-W AC ..../1-W
Horizontal indirect fired water heater Electrical heating Heating coil & electrical Heating coil
(Floor standing) element heating element

Storage Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height H Weight Tilt Height Heating Surface Heat Loses EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group l mm mm kg mm m2 W
AC 60/1-W_B 7760200 - 62 67 461 700 52 - 0.75 38 B
AC 110/1-W_B 7760300 - 62 112 461 1065 65 - 0.95 48 B
AC 160/1-W_C 7761800 - 62 171 461 1492 91 - 0.95 63 C
AC 60/1 E-W_B 7760220 - 62 65 461 700 58 - 0.75 38 B
AC 110/1 E-W_B 7760320 - 62 110 461 1065 71 - 0.95 48 B
AC 160/1 E-W_C 7761820 - 62 164 461 1492 97 - 0.95 63 C
AC 60/E-W_B 7760210 - 62 71 461 700 51 - - 38 B
AC 110/E-W_B 7760310 - 62 117 461 1065 64 - - 48 B
AC 160/E-W_C 7761810 - 62 171 461 1492 90 - - 63 C
AC 120/1_B 7850100 - 60 120 560 800 56.0 980 0.71 53 B
AC 150/1_B 7862800 7863100 62 150 620 590 85.0 1045 0.9 41 B
AC 250/1_B 7862900 7863200 62 250 653 644 114.0 1125 0.9 61 B

AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC
Performance Table
60/1-W 110/1-W 160/1-W 60/1 E-W 110/1 E-W 160/1 E-W 60/E-W 110/E-W 160/E-W
Capacity litres 67 112 166 65 110 164 71 117 171
Coil volume litres 3.6 4.7 4.7 3.6 4.7 4.7 - - -
Heat loss w 38 48 63 38 48 63 38 48 63
Hot water outlet WW R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
Cold water inlet KW R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
Boiler supply HV R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” - - -
Boiler return HR R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” - - - Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Voltage U V - - - 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230
Power P kW - - - 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0
Flange Ø 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Heat Exchangers

Pressure Loss Chart

121
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Load

Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class
C

ØD
• Storage tank for hot water heating purposes
• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• Dial thermometer
• Up to 500 litres are foamed with insulation system
Extra thick ( 100 mm) fleece insulation 750 and 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• Several possibilities to add electrical heating elements
from 2 kW up to 140 kW (5000 lt). Consult kW table H
• Factory mounted insulation except 3000 - 4000 - 5000 litres
(jacket delivered separately to be mounted on site)
• Clean-out and inspection access opening(s) REFLEX
AB 300/1_B s

• Accessories for additional heating :

Extra electrical heating element (page 126)
B

EEHR : Screw-in type for non continuous operation

EFHR : Flange type for continuous operation (recommended)
57 80
Extra removable heat exchanger (page 127)
RWT 1 : Suitable for 300 & 500 litres
RWT 2 : Suitable for 750 to 5000 litres
2017 2017 2017

• Max. operating pressure : 10 bar R - One Flange R - One Flange

• Max. operating temperature : 95°C AL 300 - 500/R AL 300 - 3000/R2

Storage Material ØD Height Weight Tilt Height Heat Loses Energy Efficiency
Article No kg
Tank Type Group mm mm mm W Class
AL 300/R 7844400 51 600 1834 90 1892 83 C
AL 300/R2 7353100 51 600 1834 90 1892 83 C
AL 500/R 7844500 51 700 1961 155 2044 100 C
AL 500/R2 7353200 51 700 1961 155 2044 100 C
AL 750/R 7844600 51 910 2010 214 1990 123 C
AL 750/R2 7353300 51 910 2010 214 1990 123 C
AL 1000/R 7844700 51 1010 2035 267 2025 142 C
AL 1000/R2 7353400 51 1010 2035 267 2025 142 C
AL 1500/R2 7844800 52 1240 2215 390 2220 171 C
AL 1500/R3 7845100 52 1240 2215 395 2220 171 C
AL 2000/R2 7844900 52 1440 2126 550 2235 188 C
AL 2000/R3 7845200 52 1440 2126 555 2235 188 C
AL 3000/R2 7845000 52 1440 2876 630 2848 - -
AL 3000/R3 7845300 52 1440 2876 635 2848 - -
AL 3000/R4 7845400 52 1440 2876 642 2848 - -
AL 4000/R4 7845480 52 1740 2841 939 2845 - -
AL 5000/R4 7845490 52 1740 3350 1070 3311 - -
System operating pressure > 10 bar available upon request (1500-5000 litres) * EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Performance Table For Reflex Storatherm Aqua Load With EFHR Electrical Heating Element
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heating Input Heating Input

Storage No. of Number of Max. Element
Article No Minimum Heating Time at Heating Time at Maximum Heating Time at Heating Time at Configuration
Tank Type Flanges Heating Elements
Heat Exchangers

kW ∆T=35°C ∆T=50°C kW ∆T=35°C ∆T=50°C

AL 300/R 7844400 1 1 x Element 4 kW 183 min. 263 min. 10 kW 73 min. 105 min. 1 x EFHR 10.0
AL 300/R2 7353100 2 2 x Elements 4 kW 183 min. 263 min. 20 kW 36 min. 53 min. 2 x EFHR 10.0
AL 500/R 7844500 1 1 x Element 4 kW 305 min. 417 min. 10 kW 122 min. 167 min. 1 x EFHR 10.0
AL 500/R2 7353200 2 2 x Elements 4 kW 305 min. 417 min. 20 kW 61 min. 83 min. 2 x EFHR 10.0
AL 750/R 7844600 1 1 x Element 16 kW 114 min. 164 min. 25 kW 73 min. 105 min. 1 x EFHR 25.0
AL 750/R2 7353300 2 2 x Elements 16 kW 114 min. 164 min. 50 kW 36 min. 53 min. 2 x EFHR 25.0
AL 1000/R 7844700 1 1 x Element 16 kW 152 min. 213 min. 16 kW 152 min. 213 min. 1 x EFHR 16.0
AL 1000/R2 7353400 2 2 x Elements 16 kW 152 min. 213 min. 70 kW 35 min. 49 min. 2 x EFHR 35.0
AL 1500/R2 7844800 2 2 x Elements 16 kW 228 min. 319 min. 70 kW 52 min. 73 min. 2 x EFHR 35.0
AL 1500/R3 7845100 3 3 x Elements 16 kW 228 min. 319 min. 105 kW 35 min. 49 min. 3 x EFHR 35.0
AL 2000/R2 7844900 2 2 x Elements 16 kW 305 min. 434 min. 70 kW 70 min. 99 min. 2 x EFHR 35.0
AL 2000/R3 7845200 3 3 x Elements 16 kW 305 min. 434 min. 105 kW 46 min. 66 min. 3 x EFHR 35.0
AL 3000/R2 7845000 2 2 x Elements 16 kW 457 min. 608 min. 70 kW 104 min. 139 min. 2 x EFHR 35.0
AL 3000/R3 7845300 3 3 x Elements 16 kW 457 min. 608 min. 105 kW 70 min. 93 min. 3 x EFHR 35.0
AL 3000/R4 7845400 4 4 x Elements 16 kW 457 min. 608 min. 140 kW 52 min. 70 min. 4 x EFHR 35.0
AL 4000/R4 7845480 4 4 x Elements 16 kW 610 min. 884 min. 140 kW 70 min. 101 min. 4 x EFHR 35.0
AL 5000/R4 7845490 4 4 x Elements 16 kW 763 min. 1075 min. 140 kW 87 min. 123 min. 4 x EFHR 35.0

122
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Load

Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class
C

Thermometer WW

Anode

Z
Anode
Sensor tube 1

h10
h1
h9 h2
Flange h3
h8 Sensor tube 2
h4
h7 KW h5
h6

R3 - Three Flanges R3 - Three Flanges R4 - Four Flanges

AL 1500 - 3000/R3 AL 1500 - 3000/R3 AL 3000 - 5000/R4

Performance Table 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000

Capacity litres 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000
Diameter mm 600 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400 1740 1740
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200 1500 1500
Height mm 1834 1961 2010 2035 2215 2126 2876 2841 3350
Height without cover mm Ø Ø 1932 1959 2122 2033 2800 2721 3230
Tilt height mm 1892 2044 1990 2025 2220 2235 2848 2845 3311
Net weight kg 87 96 195 248 366 522 630 939 1070
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 3” 3”
Battery charging L
(h1) mm 1546 1672 1908 1911 2049 1933 2691 2190 2663
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 3” 3”
Hot water outlet WW
(h2) mm 1546 1672 1638 1646 1782 1648 2406 2178 2663
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 3” 3”
Cold water inlet KW
(h6) mm 272 238 88 92 105 118 235 500 510
R 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Circulation Z
(h3) mm 1180 1265 1143 1154 1357 1388 1966 1719 2119
Rp 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”
Sensor tube (h4) mm 1180 1265 943 951 1077 1108 1546 - -
(h5) mm 272 238 288 296 322 353 391 449 449
R 150 150 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
(h7) mm 325 275 378 387 412 412 412 628 628
Flange (h8) mm - - - - 812 812 812 1064 1109
(h9) mm - - - - 1212 1212 1212 1500 1590
(h10) mm - - - - - - 1612 1936 2119

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

1 1/2“ Connection

Option :
Heat Exchangers
Flange + Seal with hole
Assembly on site Additional heating input by adding
EEHR electrical heating element.
Assembly on site

Additional heating input by adding

EFHR electrical heating element.
Assembly on site

Additional heating input by adding

RWT1 / RWT2 removable heat
exchanger.
Assembly on site

123
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Inox

Stainless Steel Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B

• Upright tank for all heating systems with a ØD

bare-tube heat exchanger
Durable
& robust
• Made of high-quality stainless steel
• insulation system with foil jacket it y
ghest qual
• With 1 ½” coupling for the hi
m en ts
• Max. operating pressure : require

Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 10 bar

• Max. operating temperature :
Tank : 90°C, Coil : 130°C

Storatherm Aqua Inox AI 150

38

150
2017

AI 150/1M - AI 500/1M
NEW!
Material Volume ØD Height Weight Heating Surface Heat Loses
Type Article No Tilt Height mm EEC
Group l mm mm kg top/buttom m2 W
AI 150/1M 7364100 60 150 600 1.171 1.285 35 0.8 38 A
AI 200/1M 7364200 60 190 600 1.434 1.529 43 1.1 44 B
AI 300/1M 7364300 60 295 700 1.793 1.885 58 1.4 57 B
AI 400/1M 7364400 60 375 750 1.590 1.725 68 1.6 61 B
AI 500/1M 7364500 60 475 750 1.960 2.070 81 1.8 72 B

So what sets apart from

other insulation materials?
Exclusive to Reflex
PU rigid foam has a closed-pore structure, is CFC free and forms With its closed-pore structure and tiny,
a large number of tiny, microscopic cells during the production process. microscopic cells, the innovative
The walls of these cells are so thin that thermal conductivity is reduced thermal insulation system
considerably. envelops the hot water storage tanks completely achieves an exceptional level of ther-
to prevent heat losses to the greatest possible extent. mal insulation with minimal material
thickness.
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Heat Exchangers

1 1/2“ Connection

Additional heating input by adding

EEHR electrical
heating element. Assembly on site

124
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Inox

Stainless Steel Hot Water Storage Tanks
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B

WW

Magnesium Anode
Thermometer Corrosion-resistant and low-maintenance,
no sacrificial anode required

z Insulation
High energy efficiency thanks to
insulation system
1 1/2“ Connection
HV
Inspection hole
F-Sensor tube from 150 litres facilitates cleaning and
Heating coil maintenance could be used to install an
additional electrical heating element or
FS h1 auxiliary heat exchanger.
Flange
Ø110 h2
HR
h3
h4
h8 KW h5
h6
h7

AI 150/1M - AI 500/1M

Type AI 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1

Capacity litres 152 190 294 378 477

Diameter mm 600 600 700 750 750
Diameter without cover mm 750 750 850 900 900
Height mm 1171 1434 1793 1590 1960
Height without cover mm 1285 1529 1885 1725 2070
Net weight kg 35 43 58 68 81
Coil water volume litres 5.2 7.0 8.8 10.0 11.6
R 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1”
Hot water outlet WW
(h1) mm 1112 1371 1731 1526 1887
R 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1”
Cold water inlet KW
(h7) mm 55 55 89 55 55
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
Circulation Z
(h2) mm 759 759 1180 1112 1264
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1”
Boiler supply HV
(h3) mm 564 659 865 908 908
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1”
Boiler return HR
(h6) mm 221 221 256 256 256
F (h4) mm 474 549 713 745 745
Sensor tube
FS (h5) mm 311 331 408 419 419
Ø 110 110 110 110 110
Flange
(h8) mm 259 259 325 315 315

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Performance Table 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1

Capacity litres 152 190 294 378 477

Heat Exchangers

Water volume coil litres 5.2 7.0 8.8 10.0 11.6

Heating capacity kW 33 49 59 62 70
Max pressure coil bar 10 10 10 10 10
Max temperature coil °C 130 130 130 130 130
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 804 1207 1453 1504 1710
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 362 478 684 819 1002
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 1000 1452 1831 1990 2324
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 16 14 17 21 24
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C

125
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Accessories
Reflex EEHR Immersion Screw-in Type Electrical Heating Element 1 1/2”
• As supplementary electrical heating
• Assembly in 1 1/2” sleeve
• Suitable for Storatherm Aqua models with 1 1/2” G 1 1/2
socket or through flange adapter
• Safety temperature limiter (STL) 120°C
• Indicator light as operating display 90
• Degree of protection IP 45 EEHR
• On-site electrical connection
• Not approved for continuous operation L 118
• Water hardness max. 14 °dH

Material Tank Size Output Voltage L B H G

Type Article No
Group litres kW V mm mm mm mm
EEHR 2.0 9126474 68 > 100 2.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 320 90 90 118
EEHR 2.5 9126475 68 > 100 2.50 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 390 90 90 118
EEHR 3.0 9126476 68 > 100 3.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 390 90 90 118
EEHR 3.8 9126477 68 > 100 3.80 3 ~ 400 430 90 90 118
EEHR 4.5 9126478 68 > 300 4.50 3 ~ 400 470 90 90 118
EEHR 6.0 9126479 68 > 300 6.00 3 ~ 400 500 90 90 118
EEHR 7.5 9126480 68 > 750 7.50 3 ~ 400 720 90 90 118
EEHR 9.0 9126481 68 > 1000 9.00 3 ~ 400 780 90 90 118

Reflex Flange Adaptor For EEHR Electric Screw-in Heating Element

• For optional assembly of a 1 1/2” EEHR screw-in heater Material Tank Size Pitch Circle LK
Article No
Group litres mm
Flange

• Flange with holes replaces standard blind flange

on tank inspection opening 7760000 68 150-500 150
• Order seal separately 7760100 68 750-3000 225

Material Tank Size Pitch Circle LK

Article No
Group litres mm
Seal

7760900 68 150-500 150

7761000 68 750-3000 225

Reflex EFHR Immersion Flange Type Electrical Heating Element

• As supplementary electrical heating
• Approved for continuous operation
• Suitable for types :
Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump
Storatherm Aqua Solar
Storatherm Aqua
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Storatherm Aqua Load EFHR 4.0 - 35.0

• Trouble-free integration via the inspection opening of the storage tank
• Up to 10.0 kW LK 150 mm, from 16.0 kW LK 225 mm
• 3 power levels, switchable
Heat Exchangers

• With temperature control up to 95°C

• Safety temperature limiter 120°C B
• On-site electrical connection
• Including flange and seal

D L H
Material Tank Size Output Voltage L B H D
Type Article No
Group litres kW V mm mm mm mm
EFHR 4.0 9116314 68 150 - 500 4.0/2.7/2.0 3 ~ 400 V 295 LK 150 110 185
EFHR 6.0 9116315 68 300 - 500 6.0/4.0/3.0 3 ~ 400 V 395 LK 150 110 185
EFHR 8.0 9116316 68 300 - 500 8.0/5.5/4.0 3 ~ 400 V 495 LK 150 110 185
EFHR 10.0 9116317 68 300 - 500 10.0/6.7/5.0 3 ~ 400 V 495 LK 150 110 185
EFHR 16.0 9116501 68 750 - 5000 16.0 / 11.0 / 8.0 3 ~ 400 V 610 LK 225 140 280
EFHR 19.0 9116502 68 750 - 5000 19.0 / 12.7 / 9.0 3 ~ 400 V 740 LK 225 140 280
EFHR 25.0 9115569 68 750 - 5000 25.0 / 18.8 / 12.5 3 ~ 400 V 740 LK 225 140 280
EFHR 35.0 9126720 68 1000 - 5000 35.0 / 26.4 / 17.5 3 ~ 400 V 900 LK 225 140 280
EFHR 35.0 (short) 9128917 68 1000 - 5000 35.0 / 26.4 / 17.5 3 ~ 400 V 800 LK 225 140 280

126
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Reflex RWT Ribbed - Tube Heat Exchanger

Pressure Loss Chart
• For integration with an additional heat generator, G 3/4 0,45

e.g. a solar energy system B 0,40

• Suitable for flange size LK 150 & LK 225 0,35
• RWT 1 (LK 150) : AB/AF 150 - 500 D L RWT 2

Pressure Loss ∆pw [bar]

0,30
AH/AL 300 - 500
• RWT 2 (LK 225) : AB/AF/AL 750 - 5000 0,25 RWT 1

AH 750 - 1000 0,20

• Incl. counterflange and seal 0,15

• Made of ribbed copper pipe 0,10

• Max. operating pressure : 10 bar
0,05
• Max. operating temperature : 90°C
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4
Vw [m3/h]

Material Tank Size Power Surface L B D

Type Article No
Group litres kW m2 mm mm mm
RWT 1 7755900 68 150 - 500 9-11 1.1 420 LK 150 110
RWT 2 7756300 68 750 - 5000 31-39 2.3 540 LK 225 170

Temperature Controller
• For activation/deactivation of water heater pump
(in the absence of built-in temperature regulator in boiler)
• Temperature range 30 - 80°C
• Differential gap 6K
• Switching capacity 16 A/ 230 V
• Protection type IP 40
to be fitted in the water heater sensor tube
• With a clip-spring
• High quality material
• Easy to use Temperature controller
• Easy to install

Material
Type Article No
Group
Temperature controller 7751100 68

Inlet Security Group

• Gate valve
• Pressure relief valve (8bar)
• Check valve with a test port
• Non-return valve Load

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

• Extendable drain tundish
B
C

• Optimal protection for pressurised water heaters according to German standards DVGW
57 80

• Flow rate : 4.0 m3/h at ∆P = 1.0 bar

• Connection : DN 20
Heat Exchangers

Material A L l H h
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm mm mm
Inlet security group 9119668 68 G 3/4 230 140 100 115

127
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Protection Anodes
• For cathodic protection against corrosion
• All Storatherm Aqua potable water storage tanks
have factory-fitted magnesium rod anodes
• From type AF 750/1, AF 750/2, AL 1500/R2, AH 750/1
and AH 750/2 with double anode
• Chain anode for retrofitting in case of low ceiling heights

Magnesium Anode Rod Chain Magnesium Anode

Type Article No Material Group Note Storage Tank Type

Magnesium Anode Rod 7751580 68 G 1” x 26 x 400 AF/AB 100/1

Magnesium Anode Rod 7757400 68 M 8 x 26 x 420 AC 120/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751400 68 G 1” x 26 x 480 AC 150/1; AF/AB 150/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751500 68 G 1” x 26 x 550 AF/AB 200/1, AF/AB 200/2, AC …/200
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751510 68 G 1” x 26 x 800 AL 300/R, AL 300/R2, AF/AB 300/1, AF/AB 300/2 Ø 700
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751520 68 G 1” x 26 x 900 AF/AB 400/1, AF/ AB 300/1 Ø 600; AF/AB 400/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751530 68 G 1” x 26 x 1100 AL 500/R, AL 500/R2; AF/AB 500/1, AF/AB 500/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751540 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 530 AF 750/1 (2 pcs. required)
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751610 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 625 AH 300/1; AH 300/2; AF 1000/1 (2 pcs. required)
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751570 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 1060 AH 400/1; AH 400/2; AF 750/2; AH 750/1; AH 750/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751590 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 1250 AH 500/1; AH 500/2, AF 1000/2; AH 1000/1; AH 1000/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751560 68 G 3/4” x 22 x 790 AC 250/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751620 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 590 AL 750/R; AH 750/1; AH 750/2; AH 1000/1; AH 1000/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751630 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 690 AL 1000/R2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751540 68 G 1 1/4” x 33 x 530 AL 1500/R2 - AL 3000/R2 (2 pcs. required)
Not for AC 120/1; AC 150/1; AC 250/1; AF 750/ 1 - AF 3000/1;
Chain Magnesium Anode 7751600 68 G 1” x 22 x 1600
AL 750/R - AL 3000/ R2: AH 750/1; AH 1000/1; AH 750/2; AH 1000/2

Active Anode
• Maintenance-free long-term protection in accordance
with DIN 4753 T3 and T6
• Voltage-controlled power supply 230 V; 50/60 Hz
• Non-wearing titanium electrodes
• Protection category II
• Reducer G 1 - G 3/4 on site

Active Anode
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Type Article No Material Group Storage Tank Type

Active anodes 7751300 68 Not for AC 120/1 Reducer G1-G 3/4 on site
Active anodes 9119365 68 Not for AF 1500-2000
Heat Exchangers

Control Thermostat For Electrial Heating Element

Type Article No Material Group Suitable For

Control thermostat 9200445 68 EEHR

Control thermostat 9200447 68 EFHR

Control Thermostat

128
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Buffer Tanks
• Storatherm Heat, Steel Accumulation Heating
& Cooling Balancing Tanks

REFLEX
AB 300/1_B s

57 80

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

2017 2017

Heat Exchangers

129
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Buffer Storage Tank For Heating Without Flange
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD

• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation up to 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar
(6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Storatherm Heat HF : Buffer storage tank with insulation H
but without heating coil our inspection flange
• Storatherm Heat H : Same as above but without insulation,
heating coil our inspection flange
II Storatherm Heat HF 300/R

• Insulation jacket is applicable for heating water systems for only

• Factory mounted insulation except 3000-4000-5000 litres C

(jacket delivered separately to be mounted on site)

80

2017

HF 300 - 2000
(Heating only)
Buffer storage tank with jacket, without heating coil or inspection flange

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Weight Heat Loss
EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg W

HF 300 - 7839100 63 777 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 59.0 79 C

HF 500 - 7839200 63 777 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 72.0 106 C
HF 800 - 7839300 63 970 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 124.0 132 C
HF 1000 - 7839400 63 970 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 139.0 141 C
HF 1500 - 7839500 63 1180 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 186.0 167 C
HF 2000 - 7839600 63 1380 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 266.0 188 C
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Custom-Made Buffer Tanks For Heating & Cooling Systems

• Until 25000 litres
• > 120°C temperature is available
of
• Please see page 135 brand
• DIN EN ISO 9001 certified
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Heat Exchangers

130
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Buffer Storage Tank For Heating & Cooling With Flange
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation up to 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar
(6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Storatherm Heat HF/R : With additional cleaning H
and inspection flange, LK 150 mm
• Storatherm Heat H/R : Same as above but without insulation
• Insulation jacket is applicable for heating water systems for only
II Storatherm Heat HF 300/R

• Factory mounted insulation except 3000-4000-5000 litres

(jacket delivered separately to be mounted on site) C LK 150
Inspection
Flange
80

2017

H 300 - 5000/R HF 300 - 2000/R

(Heating & cooling) (Heating only)
Buffer storage tank without heating coil, with jacket and inspection flange

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Height Weight Heat Loss
EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x mm kg W

HF 300/R 7842600 7842000 63 777 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 62.0 79 C

HF 500/R 7842700 7842100 63 777 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 75.0 106 C
HF 800/R 7842800 7842200 63 970 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 127.0 132 C
HF 1000/R 7842900 7842300 63 970 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 142.0 141 C
HF 1500/R 7843000 7842400 63 1180 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 189.0 167 C
HF 2000/R 7843100 7842500 63 1380 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 269.0 188 C
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Buffer storage tank without heating coil and jacket, with inspection flange
Storage Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Height Weight
Article No
Tank Type Group mm mm 9x mm kg
H 300/R 7783600 63 597 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 58.0
H 500/R 7783800 63 597 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1975 71.0
H 800/R 7784005 63 790 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 121.0
H 1000/R 7784205 63 790 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 135.0

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

H 1500/R 7784400 63 1000 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 181.0
H 2000/R 7784600 63 1200 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 257.0
H 3000/R 7788200 63 1500 2101 R2 2205 570.0
H 4000/R 7788500 63 1500 2676 R2 2756 677.0
Heat Exchangers

H 5000/R 7788800 63 1500 3211 R2 3264 814.0

Additional heating input by adding

EEHR electrical heating element and/
or removable heat exchanger
Assembly on site

Water to water removable heat

exchanger only RWT1
out
in
131
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Storatherm Buffer Storage Tank For Heating With Coil
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation up to 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar (6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating pressure for heat exchanger 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Max. operating temperature for heat exchanger 110°C H
• Storatherm Heat HF/1 : With a smooth tube heat exchanger for
connecting an additional heat source
• Storatherm Heat H/1 : Same as above but without insulation II Storatherm Heat HF 300/1

• Storatherm Heat HF/2 : With two smooth tube heat exchangers

for connecting an additional heat source C

• Storatherm Heat H/2 : Same as above but without insulation

• Insulation jacket is applicable for heating water systems for only 80
• Factory mounted insulation except 3000-4000-5000 litres
(jacket delivered separately to be mounted on site) 2017

• Additional electrical heating element can be added.

HF 300 - 2000/1 HF 500 - 1500/2
Assembly on site.
(Heating only) (Heating only)
Buffer storage tank with jacket and single coil, without inspection flange

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Height Weight Heating
EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x mm kg Surface m2

HF 300/1 7843800 7843200 63 777 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 82.0 1.34 C

HF 500/1 7843900 7843300 63 777 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 100.0 1.88 C
HF 800/1 7844000 7843400 63 970 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 197.0 3.76 C
HF 1000/1 7844100 7843500 63 970 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 225.0 4.48 C
HF 1500/1 7844200 7843600 63 1180 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 272.0 4.48 C
HF 2000/1 7844300 7843700 63 1380 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 352.0 4.48 C
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Buffer storage tank with single coil, without jacket and inspection flange
Storage Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Height Weight Heating
Article No
Tank Type Group mm mm 9x mm kg Surface m2
H 300/1 7783700 63 597 1320 R 1 1/2 1355 74.0 1.34
H 500/1 7783900 63 597 1950 R 1 1/2 1975 95.0 1.88
H 800/1 7784115 63 790 1825 R 1 1/2 1870 190.0 3.76
H 1000/1 7784315 63 790 2115 R 1 1/2 2153 216.0 4.48
Tanks &
Storage Tanks &

H 1500/1 7784500 63 1000 2120 R 1 1/2 2178 265.0 4.48

H 2000/1 7784700 63 1200 2122 R 1 1/2 2200 341.0 4.48
Water Storage

H 3000/1 7788300 63 1500 2101 R2 2205 637.0 5.00

Heat Exchangers
Exchangers

H 4000/1 7788600 63 1500 2676 R2 2756 754.0 6.00

H 5000/1 7788900 63 1500 3211 R2 3264 871.0 7.00
Hot Water
Heat
Hot

Buffer storage tank with jacket and double coil, without inspection flange
Heating Surface
Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Tilt Height Weight
Top / Buttom EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x mm kg
m2
HF 500/2 - 7837100 63 777 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 125.0 1.20/1.90 C
HF 800/2 - 7837200 63 970 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 267.0 1.40/2.50 C
HF 1000/2 - 7837300 63 970 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 308.0 2.50/3.10 C
HF 1500/2 - 7837400 63 1180 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 355.0 2.40/3.70 C
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

132
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat Combi

Combi Buffer Storage Tank With Single Coil For Heating and Sanitary Hot Water
Energy efficiency class
C

• Combined storage tank for sanitary hot water and back-up for heating systems ØD
• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation up to 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• Sanitary hot water heating through large-volume corrugated stainless steel coil
• Including high capacity single heating coil (HC.../1)
• Incl. 120 mm fleece insulation with a robust outer cladding (silver)
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
Sanitary Hot
• Heating surfaces : Max. 10 bar/110°C
Water Coil
• Buffer storage tank : Max. 3 bar/95°C
• Sanitary hot water : Max. 6 bar/95°C H
• Fire classification of jacket-B2

II Storatherm Heat HC 500/1

II Storatherm Heat HC 500/1

Heating Coil
C

106

500
2017

HC 500 - 1500/1

Combi buffer storage tank with jacket and single coil, without inspection flange
Heating
Storage Article No Material ØD Height H Tilt Height Weight Performance Heat Loss
Surface EEC
Tank Type Silver Group mm mm mm kg Kw W
m2
HC 500/1 7859200 63 840 1970 1974 92.0 29 1.60 106 C
HC 800/1 7859300 63 1030 1850 1870 131.0 47 2.60 132 C
HC 1000/1 7859400 63 1030 2140 2153 152.0 47 2.60 141 C
HC 1500/1 7859500 63 1240 2130 2178 219.0 39 2.15 167 C
* Outputs for HW-VL 70-80°C with 0,65 m3/h, TW of 10°C to 45°C * EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Combi Buffer Storage Tank With Double Coil For Heating and Sanitary Hot Water
Energy efficiency class
C

ØD
• Combined storage tank for sanitary hot water and back-up for heating systems
• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation up to 1.000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres Sanitary Hot
• Sanitary hot water heating through large-volume corrugated stainless steel coil Water Coil
• Including high capacity double heating coil (HC.../2)
• Incl. 120 mm fleece insulation with a robust outer cladding (silver)
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating Upper Heating Coil
• Heating surfaces : Max. 10 bar/110°C
• Buffer storage tank : Max. 3 bar/95°C
H
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
• Sanitary hot water : Max. 6 bar/95°C
• Fire classification of jacket-B2
Heat Exchangers

II Storatherm Heat HC 500/2

Lower Heating Coil

C

106

500
2017

HC 500 - 1500/2
Combi buffer storage tank with jacket and double coil, without inspection flange
Performance Heating Surface
Storage Article No Material ØD Height H Tilt Height Weight Heat Loss
top/buttom top/buttom EEC
Tank Type Silver Group mm mm mm kg W
Kw m2
HC 500/2 7859600 63 840 1970 1974 106.0 21/29 1.14/1.60 106 C
HC 800/2 7859700 63 1030 1850 1870 152.0 32/47 1.75/2.60 132 C
HC 1000/2 7859800 63 1030 2140 2153 179.0 40/47 2.20/2.60 141 C
HC 1500/2 7859900 63 1240 2130 2178 237.0 27/39 1.50/2.15 167 C
* Outputs for HW-VL 70-80°C with 0,65 m3/h, TW of 10°C to 45°C * EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

133
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

of
brand

134
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Buffer Tanks
• Steel Accumulation Heating & Cooling Balancing Tanks

Up to 25000 litres

of
brand

135
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Custom-Made Buffer Tanks

• For hot and cold water systems
• Custom design
• Operating temperature up to 110°C,
operating pressure up to 10 bar
• AGI Q151 coating possible
• Designed to meet DGRL and AD 2000 regulations
• From DN 400 to DN 2500
• Connections as specified by you
• Optionally with elbow fittings, nozzle pipes or mixing and stratification sheets
• Additional custom fittings as required
• Hand hole or man hole covers
• Models up to 25000 litres also available upon request
• Operating pressure and operating temperature to meet requirements
• Sinusverteiler GmbH provides custom-manufactured pressure tanks and
pipelines with maximum allowable design pressures above 0.5 bar and design
temperatures above 110°C, in accordance with EC Directive 2014/68/EU
(Pressure Equipment Directive).

Type Diameter Overall Height

Item No.
(Capacity) mm mm

300 l 400 2750 16-1-72-003

400 l 500 2380 16-1-73-004
500 l 600 2105 16-1-74-005
750 l 800 1845 16-1-77-007
1000 l 800 2360 16-1-77-010
1500 l 1000 2300 16-1-79-015
2000 l 1200 2180 16-1-82-020
2500 l 1200 2635 16-1-82-025
3000 l 1200 3090 16-1-82-030
4000 l 1500 2720 16-2-85-040
5000 l 1600 2965 16-2-86-050

Elements to be installed and

attached
Flanged nozzles Diffuser elbow fittings
For connecting to media-con- Reducing the flow velocities of
ducting pipelines. Free choice the medium into and out of the
of the number and position of tank.
flanged nozzles.

Elbow fittings Bushings

Increasing the optimum utilisa- For connecting measuring instru-
tion of the height of a tank and ments such as thermometer,
avoiding unused dead spaces. manometer.

Hand holes Threaded nozzles

Necessary adjustment openings For connecting to media-conduct-
for small tanks. ing pipelines with threaded union.
Free choice of the number and
position of nozzles.
Man holes
Necessary adjustment openings
for large tanks.

Nozzle pipes Hole/stratification sheets

For carrying the main volume To enable necessary
flow without generating turbu- stratification within a tank.
lence in the tank.

136
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

NEWS ... at a glance

The product configurator

Maintenance box
- Modular magnetite separation
New from Sinus : The maintenance box as an
optional accessory for all small manifolds,
MonoFixx and HydorFixx models.
Enables magnetite separation during
operation!

PROSINUSX - the first configurator for

buffer tanks too
With ProSinusX, you can configure and manage
your chosen products quickly and easily from
anywhere in the world. In addition to a high-quality
project drawing, you will also receive 3D models in
STP or 3D DWG format together with the tender
specification in GAEB and other formats.

Create your configuration at www.sinusverteiler.com

• Configure your chosen products quickly and easily
EasyFlow cascade
• Online access to your projects from anywhere in the world
Combining primary and secondary distribution • Export formats: DXF, 3D DWG, STP
in one component optimises use of the valuable
resource, space. • Tender text in GAEB and other formats

Ausschreibungstexte online

All tender texts in the appropriate format!

All tender texts in all current formats from
www.sinusverteiler.com or

137
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Operating Stages In Cooling Systems

Vp = Vs
The volume flow through the heat generator (V primary) is the same as
the volume flow through the heat consumer (V secondary)

• Same amount of heat from generator circuit an consumer circuit.

• Even stratification in the Sinus MultiFlow Center
• Temperatures on the generator side and consumer side are identical.

Vp > Vs
The volume flow through the heat generator (V primary) is greater than
the volume flow through the heat consumer (V secondary)

• Heat supply is greater than heat consumption.

• Warm flow water is added to the primary return via the Sinus MultiFlow Center.
• However, due to the construction of the MultiFlow Center, only an amount of water equal to the difference in water
quantities is added. Otherwise, the stratification is kept intact.

Vp < Vs
The volume flow through the heat generator (V primary) is greater than
the volume flow through the heat consumer (V secondary)

• Heat consumption is greater than heat supply

• Cooler return-flow water is added to the secondary flow via the Sinus MultiFlow Center.
• However, due to the construction of the MultiFlow Center, only an amount of water equal to the difference in water
quantities is added. Otherwise, the stratification is kept intact.

Installation Schema
Cooling Cooling
circuit I circuit I I

Cooling
machine I

Primary side : 2 x cooling machines

Secondary side : 2 x cooling circuits

Here, the Sinus MultiFlow Center

performs as a hydraulic separator,
energy storage device and manifold
all in one.

Cooling
machine I I

138
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm Heat Exchangers

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

139
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Heat Exchanger Systems

The task of a heat exchanger is to transfer specific amount of heat

from the hot to the cold side. Heat is transferred from one medium
to another by passing through plates. The hot and cold media
transfer their heat load between each of the plate channels. The
Reflex Longtherm heat exchangers are ideal for heating and
cooling applications with liquid media. Due to the quantity and
specially embossed design, the plates offer the best compromise
between low flow resistance and highly efficient heat transfer.

Functional principle
Longtherm heat exchangers operate on the counter-flow principle utilisation. When connecting in parallel flow, in certain circumstances
in which the two fluids flow past each other in the heat significant power losses are to be expected—depending
exchanger in opposing directions, enabling the most efficient on the operating conditions.
exchange of heat. As a rule, heat exchangers should be always
connected using the counter-flow principle to ensure full capacity

Hot and cold side

Depending on the application, the assignment of both system hotein

heiß, in
circuits as the primary and secondary side varies. For heating
systems, the hot side is usually designated the primary side.
For cooling systems and chillers, this is the cold side. heiß, aus
hot out kalt, out
cold aus

kalt, in
cold ein
heißehot
Seite
side kalte
coldSeite
side
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat exchangers are used for the following systems and tasks:
• System separation of media that may not be mixed, e.g. • Examples
Heat Exchangers

• heating water and drinking water • indirect district heating connections

• heating water and solar installation water • underfloor heating
• water circuits and oil circuits • potable water heating
• solar systems
• Separation of circuits with different operating parameters, • machine cooling
example:
• operating overpressure of side 1 exceeds the permitted
• operating overpressure of side 2
• water content of side 1 is much greater than that of side 2

• Minimisation of the mutual influence of the separated circuits

140
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Construction and material

The corrugated plates used in plate heat exchangers are made
from a cold-formed metal or alloy.. The most common plate
materials include stainless steel and titanium. As standard, Reflex
uses AISI 316L with a plate thickness of 0.3 mm for brazed, and
0.5 mm for gasketed heat exchangers. The herringbone pattern
is embossed by using a cold imprint process. The material varies
according to the task and depends on the fluid properties and
corrosion effects that may occur.

There are two most common types of plates: L (low) and H (high).
The h-high embossing creates flow channels with high turbulence.
It is characterized by a higher heat capacity and a higher pressure
loss. The l-low embossing creates flow channels with low turbulence
and is characterized by a lower heat capacity and a lower
pressure loss. In the M channel, the plate types L and H alternate,
so that a further high-performance design with a comparably low
pressure drop is also available.

Capacity range
The transmission performance is not a device-specific quantity
here, but is always dependent on the required temperatures and brazed heat exchangers
volume flows. There is therefore no x kW heat exchanger but gasketed heat exchangers
the heat exchanger can transfer x kW for specified temperature
spreads and volume flows.
LMTD 2K

LMTD 5K

LMTD 10K

LMTD 15K

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 kW

Higher performances are available on request

LMTD: The temperature difference between the two fluid flows is described by the mean Hot Water Storage Tanks &
temperature difference. A logarithmic mean must be formed from the inlet and outlet
temperatures—the mean logarithmic temperature difference (LMTD).
Heat Exchangers

141
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm
Brazed Heat Exchangers
• Suitable for district heating, solar heating, floor heating,
cooling, hygienic applications and service water systems
• Heat exchanger made of stainless steel (1.4401) panels soldered with
copper filler metal without counterflanges, screws or seals
• Approval in acc. with the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
• Plate material : Stainless steel AISI 316
• Brazing material : Copper
• Max. operating temperature 230°C
• Max. excess operating pressure
R...B-14 - 60 : 30 bar
R...B-110 - 235 : 25 bar
• Flange connections, only for R...B-235
• Robust plate design for high heat exchanger strength
• High performance for maximum heat transfer

RMB-14 R...B-22 R...B-31 R...B-34

Prod. No. Height Width Length

Number of Material Overall Water Connection Weight
Type h/h5 w/w3 l
Plates Group Content c (kg)
RHB RLB RMB (mm) (mm) (mm)
RMB-14-10 10 - - 8011100 67 0,2 AG 3/4” 203/164 81/42 32 1,10
30 bar RMB-14-20 20 - - 8011200 67 0,4 AG 3/4” 203/164 81/42 55 1,60
230°C RMB-14-30 30 - - 8011300 67 0,6 AG 3/4” 203/164 81/42 78 2,10
RMB-14-40 40 - - 8011400 67 0,8 AG 3/4” 203/164 81/42 101 2,60
RMB-14-50 50 - - 8019300 67 1,0 AG 3/4” 203/164 81/42 124 3,10
R...B-22-20 20 - - 8011500 67 0,6 AG 3/4” 299/260 81/42 55 2,10
R...B-22-30 30 - - 8021300 67 1,0 AG 3/4” 299/260 81/42 78 2,80
R...B-22-40 40 - - 8011700 67 1,4 AG 3/4” 299/260 81/42 101 3,50
R...B-22-50 50 - - 8011800 67 1,8 AG 3/4” 299/260 81/42 124 4,20
R...B-31-30 30 8023700 - 8023300 67 1,4 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 81 5,01
R...B-31-40 40 8023800 - 8023400 67 1,8 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 104 6,15
R...B-31-50 50 8023900 - 8023500 67 2,4 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 128 7,28
R...B-31-60 60 8024000 - 8023600 67 2,9 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 151 8,42
R...B-31-70 70 8012300 - 8013300 67 3,2 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 174 12,00
R...B-31-80 80 8012400 - 8013400 67 3,8 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 198 13,50
R...B-31-90 90 8012500 - 8013500 67 4,2 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 221 15,00
R...B-31-100 100 8012600 - 8019400 67 4,6 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 245 16,50
R...B-31-110 110 8012700 - 8019500 67 5,1 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 269 18,00
R...B-31-140 140 8012800 - 8019600 67 6,6 AG 1/4” 286/232 123/68 339 22,50
RMB-34-20 20 - - 8013600 67 0,6 AG 3/4” 471/432 81/42 55 3,10
RMB-34-30 30 - - 8013700 67 1,1 AG 3/4” 471/432 81/42 78 4,20
RMB-34-40 40 - - 8013800 67 1,6 AG 3/4” 471/432 81/42 101 5,30
RMB-34-50 50 - - 8013900 67 2,1 AG 3/4” 471/432 81/42 124 6,40
RMB-34-60 60 - - 8014000 67 2,6 AG 3/4” 471/432 81/42 147 7,50
RHB-60-30 30 8025500 - - 67 2,8 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 81 9,17
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

RHB-60-40 40 8024100 - - 67 3,6 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 104 11,36

RHB-60-50 50 8024200 - - 67 4,4 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 128 13,55
RHB-60-60 60 8024300 - - 67 5,4 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 151 15,74
RHB-60-70 70 8024400 - - 67 6,2 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 175 17,92
Heat Exchangers

RHB-60-80 80 8024500 - - 67 7,2 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 198 20,11

RHB-60-90 90 8014600 - - 67 8,0 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 222 21,40
RHB-60-100 100 8014700 - - 67 9,0 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 245 23,50
RHB-60-110 110 8014800 - - 67 10,0 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 268 25,60
RHB-60-120 120 8019700 - - 67 11,0 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 292 27,70
RHB-60-130 130 8019800 - - 67 12,0 AG 1 1/4” 538/480 123/68 316 29,80

142
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Brazed Heat Exchangers

w l

w3

h
h5

RHB-110 R...B-110 R...B-235

Prod. No. Height Width Length

Number of Material Overall Water Connection Weight
Type h/h5 w/w3 l
Plates Group Content c (kg)
RHB RLB RMB (mm) (mm) (mm)
RHB-110-70 70 8021000 - - 67 16,8 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 192 37,30
25 bar RHB-110-80 80 8016500 - - 67 19,2 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 218 41,90
230°C RHB-110-90 90 8016600 - - 67 21,6 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 244 46,50
RHB-110-100 100 8016700 - - 67 24,0 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 270 51,10
RHB-110-110 110 8016800 - - 67 26,4 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 296 55,70
RHB-110-120 120 8016900 - - 67 28,8 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 322 60,30
RHB-110-130 130 8021400 - - 67 31,2 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 348 64,90
RHB-110-140 140 8017000 - - 67 33,6 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 374 69,50
RHB-110-150 150 8017100 - - 67 34,0 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 400 74,10
RHB-110-160 160 8021100 - - 67 36,4 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 426 78,70
RHB-110-170 170 8017200 - - 67 38,8 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 452 81,90
RHB-110-180 180 8021200 - - 67 41,2 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 478 81,90
RHB-110-190 190 8017300 - - 67 43,6 AG 2” 620/520 191/91 504 85,94
R...B-110-30 30 - 8024600 8119600 67 4,6 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 84 20,96
R...B-110-40 40 - 8024700 8024800 67 6,4 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 108 25,04
R...B-110-50 50 - 8015100 8024900 67 8,0 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 132 28,10
R...B-110-60 60 - 8015200 8025000 67 9,6 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 156 32,70
R...B-110-70 70 - 8015300 8025100 67 11,2 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 180 37,30
R...B-110-80 80 - 8015400 8025200 67 12,8 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 204 41,90
R...B-110-90 90 - 8019900 8025300 67 14,4 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 228 46,50
R...B-110-100 100 - 8020000 8025400 67 16,0 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 252 51,10
R...B-110-110 110 - 8020100 8016100 67 17,6 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 276 55,70
R...B-110-120 120 - 8020200 8016200 67 19,2 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 300 60,30
R...B-110-130 130 - 8020300 8020800 67 20,8 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 324 64,90
R...B-110-140 140 - 8020400 8016300 67 22,6 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 348 69,50
R...B-110-150 150 - 8020500 8020900 67 24,2 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 372 74,10 Hot Water Storage Tanks &
R...B-110-160 160 - 8020600 8016400 67 25,8 AG 2 1/2” 466/378 258/170 396 78,70
R...B-235-70 70 - 8017400 8119800 67 27,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 183 98,50
R...B-235-80 80 - 8017500 8119900 67 31,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 208 107,00
Heat Exchangers

R...B-235-90 90 - 8017600 8018000 67 35,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 232 115,50

R...B-235-100 100 - 8017700 8018100 67 39,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 257 124,00
R...B-235-110 110 - 8017800 8018200 67 43,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 281 132,50
R...B-235-120 120 - 8017900 8119300 67 47,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 306 141,00
R...B-235-130 130 - 8022000 8018400 67 51,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 330 149,50
R...B-235-140 140 - 8022100 8021600 67 55,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 355 155,67
R...B-235-150 150 - 8022200 8018500 67 59,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 379 166,50
R...B-235-160 160 - 8022300 8018600 67 63,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 404 175,00
R...B-235-170 170 - 8022400 8021700 67 67,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 428 180,79
R...B-235-180 180 - 8022500 8018700 67 71,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 453 192,00
R...B-235-190 190 - 8022600 8021800 67 75,4 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 477 197,35
R...B-235-200 200 - 8022700 8018800 67 79,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 502 209,00
R...B-235-220 220 - 8022800 8018900 67 87,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 551 226,00
R...B-235-240 240 - 8022900 8019000 67 95,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 600 243,00
R...B-235-260 260 - 8023000 8021900 67 103,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 649 255,50
R...B-235-270 270 - 8023100 8019100 67 107,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 673 268,50
R...B-235-280 280 - 8023200 8019200 67 111,2 DN80/PN40 788/682 310/204 698 277,00

143
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm
Longtherm Gasketed
• Heat exchanger made using 0.5 mm stainless steel plates
(AISI 316) with NBR seals
• Flange connections only for R..G-19, -21 and -51
• Carbon steel flange and frame
• Permissible operating overpressure for
R...G-04 to -19 : 16 bar w
• Permissible operating overpressure for
R...G-21 to -51 : 10 bar w3
• Other seals and plate materials on request

h5
h

R..G-04,-07,-08,-14,-20 R..G-19, -21, -51

Prod. No. Height Width Length

Number of Material Overall Water Connection Weight
Type h/h5 w/w3 l
Plates Group Content c (kg)
RHG RMG (mm) (mm) (mm)
16 bar RHG-04-10 10 8026400 - 67 0,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 355 32,10
110°C
RHG-04-20 20 8026500 - 67 1,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 355 34,70
RHG-04-30 30 8026600 - 67 2,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 355 38,50
RHG-04-40 40 8026700 - 67 3,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 505 42,80
RHG-04-50 50 8026800 - 67 4,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 505 45,80
RHG-04-60 60 8026900 - 67 5,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 505 48,90
RHG-04-70 70 8027000 - 67 6,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 605 52,90
RHG-04-80 80 8027100 - 67 7,9 AG 1 1/4” 473/381 190/70 605 55,90
RHG-07-10 10 8028000 - 67 1,6 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 563 76,30
RHG-07-20 20 8028100 - 67 3,4 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 563 81,10
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

RHG-07-30 30 8028200 - 67 5,2 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 563 85,90

RHG-07-40 40 8028300 - 67 7,0 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 763 95,00
RHG-07-50 50 8028400 - 67 8,8 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 763 99,80
RHG-07-60 60 8028500 - 67 10,5 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 763 104,50
Heat Exchangers

RHG-07-70 70 8028600 - 67 12,3 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 763 109,30

RHG-07-80 80 8028700 - 67 14,0 AG 2” 596/394 300/126 963 118,40
RHG-08-10 10 8027200 - 67 1,5 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 355 51,20
RHG-08-20 20 8027300 - 67 3,2 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 355 55,40
RHG-08-30 30 8027400 - 67 4,9 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 355 59,60
RHG-08-40 40 8027500 - 67 6,6 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 505 65,20
RHG-08-50 50 8027600 - 67 8,2 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 505 69,40
RHG-08-60 60 8027700 - 67 10,0 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 505 73,60
RHG-08-70 70 8027800 - 67 11,8 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 605 79,60
RHG-08-80 80 8027900 - 67 13,4 AG 1 1/4” 755/658 190/70 605 83,20
R...G-14-25 25 8028900 8028800 67 7,7 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 563 128,60
R...G-14-35 35 8111700 8111100 67 10,8 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 563 136,00
R...G-14-45 45 8111800 8111200 67 14,0 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 763 149,00
R...G-14-55 55 8111900 8111300 67 17,2 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 763 156,00
R...G-14-65 65 8112000 8111400 67 20,4 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 763 164,00
R...G-14-75 75 8112100 8111500 67 23,6 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 763 171,00
R...G-14-85 85 8112200 8111600 67 26,8 AG 2” 896/694 300/126 963 184,00

144
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm Gasketed
Non-rotating connections Indicators for checking the gasket and plate positions
The gasketed heat exchangers’ connections are designed so that The correct alignment of the plate packet is essential for correct
they cannot rotate. The heat exchangers thus guarantee maximum operation. Specially designed indicators on each plate allow the correct
operational and functional safety. position of the plates and gaskets to be checked, ensuring proper
installation and maintenance.

1 2 3

Prod. No. Height Width Length

Number of Material Overall Water Connection Weight
Type h/h5 w/w3 l
Plates Group Content c (kg)
RHG RMG (mm) (mm) (mm)
R...G-19-40 2 40 8029000 3 8029400 67 16,5 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 558 246,70
16 bar R...G-19-50 50 8029100 8029500 67 20,8 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 558 257,00
110°C R...G-19-60 60 8029200 8029600 67 25,0 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 758 273,60
R...G-19-70 70 8112800 8113600 67 29,3 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 758 284,00
R...G-19-80 80 8112900 8113700 67 33,5 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 758 294,00
R...G-19-90 90 8113000 8113800 67 37,7 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 958 305,00
R...G-19-100 100 8113100 8113900 67 42,0 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 958 315,00
R...G-19-110 110 8113200 8114000 67 46,2 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 1.158 338,00
R...G-19-120 120 8113300 8114100 67 50,5 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 1.158 348,00
R...G-19-130 130 8113400 8114200 67 54,7 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 1.158 358,00
R...G-19-140 3 140 8113500 8114300 67 58,9 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 1.158 369,00
R...G-19-150 150 8029300 8030000 67 63,2 DN65/PN16 946/700 395/192 1.158 378,90
RHG-20-55 55 8112300 - 67 22,4 AG 2” 1.096/894 300/126 763 193,00
RHG-20-65 65 8112400 - 67 26,5 AG 2” 1.096/894 300/126 763 203,00
RHG-20-75 75 8112500 - 67 30,6 AG 2” 1.096/894 300/126 763 212,00
RHG-20-85 85 8112600 - 67 34,8 AG 2” 1.096/894 300/126 963 228,00
RHG-20-95 95 8112700 - 67 38,9 AG 2” 1.096/894 300/126 963 238,00
R...G-21-50 50 8116700 8114400 67 31,5 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 745 341,00
10 bar R...G-21-55 55 8116800 8114500 67 34,7 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 745 348,00
110°C R...G-21-60 60 8116900 8114600 67 37,9 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 745 355,00
R...G-21-65 65 8117000 8114700 67 41,2 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 745 362,00
R...G-21-70 70 8117100 8114800 67 44,4 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 745 370,00
R...G-21-80 80 8117200 8114900 67 50,8 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 405,00
R...G-21-90 90 8117300 8115000 67 57,2 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 419,00
R...G-21-100 100 8025700 8120000 67 63,6 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 432,50
R...G-21-110 110 8025800 8120100 67 70,1 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 446,10

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

R...G-21-120 120 8025900 8120200 67 76,6 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 459,70
R...G-21-130 130 8026000 8120300 67 83,0 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 473,30
R...G-21-140 140 8026100 8120400 67 89,4 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.145 486,90
R...G-21-150 150 8026200 8120500 67 95,8 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.645 527,80
Heat Exchangers

R...G-21-160 160 8026300 8025600 67 102,2 DN100/PN10 1.181/719 480/225 1.645 541,40
R...G-51-60 60 8117400 8115100 67 72,9 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 745 570,00
R...G-51-65 65 8117500 8115200 67 79,0 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 745 582,00
R...G-51-70 70 8117600 8115300 67 85,2 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 745 594,00
R...G-51-75 75 8117700 8115400 67 91,4 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 632,00
R...G-51-80 80 8117800 8115500 67 97,6 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 644,00
R...G-51-85 85 8117900 8115600 67 103,7 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 656,00
R...G-51-90 90 8118000 8115700 67 109,9 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 668,00
R...G-51-100 100 8118100 8115800 67 122,3 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 691,00
R...G-51-110 110 8118200 8115900 67 134,6 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 715,00
R...G-51-120 120 8118300 8116000 67 147,0 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 738,00
R...G-51-140 140 8118400 8116100 67 171,7 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.145 785,00
R...G-51-150 150 8118500 8116200 67 184,0 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.645 839,00
R...G-51-160 160 8118600 8116300 67 196,4 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.645 863,00
R...G-51-180 180 8118700 8116400 67 221,1 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.645 910,00
R...G-51-200 200 8118800 8116500 67 245,6 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.645 957,00
R...G-51-220 220 8118900 8116600 67 270,5 DN100/PN10 1.824/1.365 480/225 1.645 1.004,00

145
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm Brazed
Longhterm - Quick Selection
brazed—quick Table
selection table

Potable water/
Output System separation Low-temperature Underfloor heating District heating Cold water charge water tank/
flow heater
primary 70 °C 50 °C 50 °C 40 °C 55 °C 49 °C 110 °C 55 °C 14 °C 8 °C 70 °C 50 °C

secondary 40 °C 60 °C 35 °C 50 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 70 °C 6 °C 12 °C 10 °C 60 °C
log. temperature
10 K 5K 9.5 K 16.8 K 2K 21.6 K
difference*
water / glycol water / water water / water water / water water / water water / 34% glycol water / 38% glycol

max. pressure loss 25 kPa 25 kPa 25 kPa 25 kPa 35 kPa 25 kPa

Thermal output [kW] Heat exchanger type (Prod. no.)

3 RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-14-10 (8011100) RMB-14-10 (8011100) RMB-34-20 (8013600) RMB-14-10 (8011100)
6 RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-22-20 (8011500) RMB-14-10 (8011100) RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-34-30 (8013700) RMB-14-10 (8011100)
10 RMB-14-30 (8011300) RMB-22-20 (8011500) RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-14-20 (8011200) RMB-34-50 (8013900) RMB-14-20 (8011200)
15 RMB-22-20 (8011500) RMB-22-30 (8021300) RMB-14-30 (8011300) RMB-14-30 (8011300) RHB-60-30 (8025500) RMB-14-20 (8011200)
20 RMB-22-20 (8011500) RMB-22-40 (8011700) RMB-14-40 (8011400) RMB-14-30 (8011300) RHB-60-40 (8024100) RMB-14-30 (8011300)
25 RMB-22-30 (8021300) RHB-31-30 (8023700) RMB-31-30 (8023300) RMB-14-40 (8011400) RHB-60-50 (8024200) RMB-14-30 (8011300)
30 RMB-22-30 (8021300) RHB-31-30 (8023700) RMB-31-40 (8023400) RMB-22-20 (8011500) RHB-60-60 (8024300) RMB-22-20 (8011500)
35 RMB-22-30 (8021300) RHB-31-30 (8023700) RMB-31-40 (8023400) RMB-22-20 (8011500) RHB-60-70 (8024400) RMB-22-20 (8011500)
40 RMB-22-40 (8011700) RHB-31-30 (8023700) RMB-31-50 (8023500) RMB-22-20 (8011500) RHB-60-70 (8024400) RMB-22-30 (8021300)
45 RMB-22-40 (8011700) RHB-31-40 (8023800) RMB-31-50 (8023500) RMB-22-30 (8021300) RHB-60-80 (8024500) RMB-22-30 (8021300)
50 RMB-22-40 (8011700) RHB-31-40 (8023800) RMB-31-60 (8023600) RMB-22-30 (8021300) RHB-60-90 (8014600) RMB-22-40 (8011700)
60 RMB-22-50 (8011800) RHB-31-50 (8023900) RMB-31-90 (8013500) RMB-22-40 (8011700) RHB-60-110 (8014800) RMB-22-40 (8011700)
70 RHB-31-30 (8023700) RHB-31-60 (8024000) RLB-110-30 (8024600) RMB-22-50 (8011800) RHB-110-80 (8016500) RMB-22-50 (8011800)
80 RHB-31-30 (8023700) RHB-31-70 (8012300) RLB-110-30 (8024600) RHB-31-30 (8023700) RHB-110-80 (8016500) RHB-31-30 (8023700)
90 RHB-31-40 (8023800) RHB-31-80 (8012400) RLB-110-40 (8024700) RHB-31-40 (8023800) RHB-110-90 (8016600) RHB-31-40 (8023800)
100 RHB-31-40 (8023800) RHB-31-90 (8012500) RLB-110-40 (8024700) RHB-31-40 (8023800) RHB-110-100 (8016700) RHB-31-40 (8023800)
110 RHB-31-50 (8023900) RHB-31-100 (8012600) RLB-110-50 (8015100) RHB-31-40 (8023800) RHB-110-110 (8016800) RHB-31-40 (8023800)
120 RHB-31-50 (8023900) RHB-31-140 (8012800) RLB-110-50 (8015100) RHB-31-50 (8023900) RHB-110-120 (8016900) RHB-31-50 (8023900)
130 RHB-31-50 (8023900) RMB-110-40 (8024800) RLB-110-60 (8015200) RHB-31-50 (8023900) RHB-110-130 (8021400) RHB-31-50 (8023900)
140 RHB-31-60 (8024000) RMB-110-40 (8024800) RLB-110-60 (8015200) RHB-31-60 (8024000) RHB-110-150 (8017100) RHB-31-50 (8023900)
150 RHB-31-60 (8024000) RMB-110-50 (8024900) RLB-110-70 (8015300) RHB-31-60 (8024000) RHB-110-160 (8021100) RMB-31-60 (8023600)
160 RHB-31-70 (8012300) RMB-110-50 (8024900) RLB-110-70 (8015300) RHB-31-70 (8012300) RHB-110-170 (8017200) RMB-31-70 (8013300)
170 RHB-31-70 (8012300) RMB-110-50 (8024900) RLB-110-70 (8015300) RHB-31-70 (8012300) RHB-110-190 (8017300) RMB-31-70 (8013300)
180 RHB-31-80 (8012400) RMB-110-60 (8025000) RLB-110-90 (8019900) RHB-31-80 (8012400) RMB-235-90 (8018000) RMB-31-70 (8013300)
190 RHB-31-80 (8012400) RMB-110-60 (8025000) RLB-110-100 (8020000) RHB-31-90 (8012500) RMB-235-100 (8018100) RMB-31-80 (8013400)
200 RHB-31-90 (8012500) RMB-110-60 (8025000) RLB-110-110 (8020100) RHB-31-100 (8012600) RMB-235-100 (8018100) RMB-31-80 (8013400)
225 RHB-31-100 (8012600) RMB-110-70 (8025100) RLB-235-80 (8017500) RHB-31-110 (8012700) RMB-235-120 (8018300) RMB-31-90 (8013500)
250 RHB-31-140 (8012800) RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-235-90 (8017600) RHB-31-140 (8012800) RMB-235-130 (8018400) RMB-31-100 (8019400)
275 RMB-110-40 (8024800) RMB-110-90 (8025300) RLB-235-100 (8017700) RMB-110-40 (8024800) RMB-235-140 (8021600) RLB-110-40 (8024700)
300 RMB-110-50 (8024900) RMB-110-100 (8025400) RLB-235-110 (8017800) RMB-110-40 (8024800) RMB-235-160 (8018600) RLB-110-50 (8015100)
325 RMB-110-50 (8024900) RMB-110-120 (8016200) RLB-235-120 (8017900) RMB-110-50 (8024900) RMB-235-170 (8021700) RLB-110-50 (8015100)
350 RMB-110-60 (8025000) RMB-110-130 (8020800) RLB-235-140 (8022100) RMB-110-50 (8024900) RMB-235-190 (8021800) RLB-110-50 (8015100)
375 RMB-110-60 (8025000) RMB-110-150 (8020900) RLB-235-150 (8022200) RMB-110-60 (8025000) RMB-235-220 (8018900) RLB-110-60 (8015200)
400 RMB-110-70 (8025100) RLB-235-100 (8017700) RLB-235-170 (8022400) RMB-110-60 (8025000) RMB-235-240 (8019000) RLB-110-60 (8015200)
425 RMB-110-70 (8025100) RLB-235-100 (8017700) RLB-235-190 (8022600) RMB-110-70 (8025100) RMB-235-260 (8021900) RLB-110-60 (8015200)
450 RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-235-220 (8022800) RMB-110-70 (8025100) RMB-235-270 (8019100) RLB-110-70 (8015300)
475 RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-235-280 (8023200) RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-110-70 (8015300)
500 RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-235-120 (8017900) RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-110-70 (8015300)
525 RMB-110-80 (8025200) RLB-235-130 (8022000) RMB-110-90 (8025300) RLB-110-80 (8015400)
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

550 RMB-110-90 (8025300) RLB-235-130 (8022000) RMB-110-90 (8025300) RLB-110-80 (8015400)

575 RMB-110-90 (8025300) RLB-235-140 (8022100) RMB-110-100 (8025400) RLB-110-80 (8015400)
600 RMB-110-100 (8025400) RLB-235-140 (8022100) RMB-110-100 (8025400) RLB-110-90 (8019900)
625 RMB-110-110 (8016100) RLB-235-150 (8022200) RMB-110-110 (8016100) RLB-110-90 (8019900)
Heat Exchangers

650 RMB-110-120 (8016200) RLB-235-150 (8022200) RMB-110-110 (8016100) RLB-110-90 (8019900)

675 RMB-110-120 (8016200) RLB-235-160 (8022300) RMB-110-120 (8016200) RLB-110-100 (8020000)
700 RMB-110-130 (8020800) RLB-235-160 (8022300) RMB-110-130 (8020800) RLB-110-100 (8020000)
725 RMB-110-140 (8016300) RLB-235-170 (8022400) RLB-110-140 (8020400) RLB-110-100 (8020000)
750 RMB-110-150 (8020900) RLB-235-180 (8022500) RLB-110-140 (8020400) RLB-110-110 (8020100)
775 RMB-110-150 (8020900) RLB-235-180 (8022500) RLB-110-140 (8020400) RLB-110-110 (8020100)
800 RLB-235-90 (8017600) RLB-235-190 (8022600) RLB-110-150 (8020500) RLB-110-120 (8020200)
825 RLB-235-90 (8017600) RLB-235-190 (8022600) RLB-110-150 (8020500) RLB-110-130 (8020300)
850 RLB-235-100 (8017700) RLB-235-200 (8022700) RLB-110-160 (8020600) RLB-110-140 (8020400)
875 RLB-235-100 (8017700) RLB-235-220 (8022800) RLB-235-70 (8017400) RLB-235-80 (8017500)
900 RLB-235-100 (8017700) RLB-235-220 (8022800) RLB-235-80 (8017500) RLB-235-80 (8017500)
925 RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-235-260 (8023000) RLB-235-80 (8017500) RLB-235-80 (8017500)
950 RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-235-280 (8023200) RLB-235-80 (8017500) RLB-235-80 (8017500)
975 RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-235-80 (8017500) RLB-235-90 (8017600)
1000 RLB-235-110 (8017800) RLB-130-90 (8017600) RLB-235-90 (8017600)

* If the logarithmic temperature differences and the medium remain identical, then the same heat exchanger can be selected
even if the temperature profiles change. However, the maximum pressure loss can vary and must be checked accordingly.

146
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm Brazed
Longhterm - Quick Selection
gasketed—quick Table table
selection

Output System separation Process heating District heating Cold Water Swimming pool

primary 80 °C 60 °C 90°C 80°C 110°C 55°C 14°C 8°C 40°C 25°C

secondary 50 °C 70 °C 77°C 87°C 50°C 70°C 6°C 12°C 15°C 25°C

log. temperature
10 K 3K 16.8 K 2K 12.3 K
difference*
water / glycol water / water water / water water / water water / 34% glycol 38% glycol / water

max. pressure loss 20 kPa 35 kPa 25 kPa 40 kPa 25 kPa

Thermal output [kW] Heat exchanger type (Prod. no.)

15 RHG-04-10 (8026400) RHG-08-10 (8027200) RHG-04-10 (8026400) RHG-08-30 (8027400) RHG-04-10 (8026400)
25 RHG-04-20 (8026500) RHG-08-20 (8027300) RHG-04-10 (8026400) RHG-08-50 (8027600) RHG-04-20 (8026500)
50 RHG-04-30 (8026600) RHG-08-30 (8027400) RHG-04-20 (8026500) RHG-14-55 (8111900) RHG-04-20 (8026500)
75 RHG-04-30 (8026600) RHG-08-40 (8027500) RHG-04-20 (8026500) RHG-14-75 (8112100) RHG-04-40 (8026700)
100 RHG-04-40 (8026700) RHG-08-60 (8027700) RHG-04-30 (8026600) RHG-20-55 (8112300) RHG-04-60 (8026900)
125 RHG-04-50 (8026800) RHG-14-35 (8111700) RHG-04-30 (8026600) RHG-20-75 (8112500) RHG-07-30 (8028200)
150 RHG-04-60 (8026900) RHG-14-45 (8111800) RHG-04-40 (8026700) RHG-20-85 (8112600) RHG-07-40 (8028300)
175 RHG-04-70 (8027000) RHG-14-45 (8111800) RHG-04-40 (8026700) RHG-19-90 (8113000) RHG-07-40 (8028300)
200 RMG-14-25 (8028800) RHG-14-55 (8111900) RHG-04-60 (8026900) RHG-19-110 (8113200) RHG-07-50 (8028400)
225 RMG-14-35 (8111100) RHG-14-55 (8111900) RHG-07-40 (8028300) RHG-19-120 (8113300) RHG-07-50 (8028400)
250 RMG-14-35 (8111100) RHG-14-65 (8112000) RHG-07-40 (8028300) RHG-19-130 (8113400) RHG-07-60 (8028500)
275 RMG-14-35 (8111100) RHG-14-75 (8112100) RHG-07-40 (8028300) RHG-19-140 (8113500) RHG-07-60 (8028500)
300 RMG-14-35 (8111100) RHG-14-75 (8112100) RHG-07-50 (8028400) RMG-51-65 (8115200) RHG-07-70 (8028600)
325 RMG-14-45 (8111200) RHG-14-85 (8112200) RHG-07-50 (8028400) RMG-51-70 (8115300) RHG-07-80 (8028700)
350 RMG-14-45 (8111200) RHG-21-50 (8116700) RHG-07-50 (8028400) RMG-51-75 (8115400) RMG-19-50 (8029500)
375 RMG-14-45 (8111200) RHG-21-50 (8116700) RHG-07-60 (8028500) RMG-51-80 (8115500) RMG-19-60 (8029600)
400 RMG-14-45 (8111200) RHG-21-55 (8116800) RHG-07-60 (8028500) RMG-51-85 (8115600) RMG-19-60 (8029600)
425 RMG-14-55 (8111300) RHG-21-55 (8116800) RHG-07-60 (8028500) RMG-51-90 (8115700) RMG-19-70 (8113600)
450 RMG-14-55 (8111300) RHG-21-60 (8116900) RHG-07-70 (8028600) RMG-51-100 (8115800) RMG-19-70 (8113600)
475 RMG-14-55 (8111300) RHG-21-65 (8117000) RHG-07-70 (8028600) RMG-51-100 (8115800) RMG-19-80 (8113700)
500 RMG-14-55 (8111300) RHG-21-65 (8117000) RHG-07-70 (8028600) RMG-51-110 (8115900) RMG-21-50 (8114400)
550 RMG-14-65 (8111400) RHG-21-70 (8117100) RHG-07-80 (8028700) RMG-51-120 (8116000) RMG-21-50 (8114400)
600 RMG-14-65 (8111400) RHG-21-80 (8117200) RMG-14-55 (8111300) RMG-51-140 (8116100) RMG-21-55 (8114500)
650 RMG-14-75 (8111500) RHG-21-90 (8117300) RMG-14-65 (8111400) RMG-51-150 (8116200) RMG-21-60 (8114600)
700 RMG-14-85 (8111600) RHG-21-90 (8117300) RMG-19-50 (8029500) RMG-51-180 (8116400) RMG-21-65 (8114700)
750 RMG-19-70 (8113600) RHG-21-100 (8025700) RMG-19-60 (8029600) RMG-51-180 (8116400) RMG-21-70 (8114800)
800 RMG-19-70 (8113600) RHG-21-110 (8025800) RMG-19-60 (8029600) RMG-51-200 (8116500) RMG-21-80 (8114900)
850 RMG-19-80 (8113700) RHG-21-110 (8025800) RMG-19-70 (8113600) RMG-21-80 (8114900)
900 RMG-19-90 (8113800) RHG-21-120 (8025900) RMG-19-70 (8113600) RMG-21-90 (8115000)
950 RMG-21-60 (8114600) RHG-21-120 (8025900) RMG-19-80 (8113700) RMG-21-90 (8115000)
1000 RMG-21-65 (8114700) RHG-21-130 (8026000) RMG-19-80 (8113700) RMG-21-100 (8120000)
1100 RMG-21-70 (8114800) RHG-21-150 (8026200) RMG-21-50 (8114400) RMG-21-110 (8120100)
1200 RMG-21-80 (8114900) RHG-21-160 (8026300) RMG-21-50 (8114400) RMG-21-130 (8120300)
1300 RMG-21-90 (8115000) RMG-51-160 (8116300) RMG-21-60 (8114600) RMG-21-150 (8120500)
1400 RMG-21-90 (8115000) RMG-51-180 (8116400) RMG-21-60 (8114600) RHB-31-100 (8012600)
1500 RMG-21-100 (8120000) RMG-51-200 (8116500) RMG-21-70 (8114800) RMB-14-20 (8011200)
1600 RMG-21-100 (8120000) RMG-21-70 (8114800) RMB-14-10 (8011100)
1700 RMG-21-110 (8120100) RMG-21-80 (8114900) RMB-14-20 (8011200)
1800 RMG-21-110 (8120100) RMG-21-80 (8114900) RHB-31-90 (8012500)
1900
2000
RMG-21-120 (8120200)
RMG-21-130 (8120300)
RMG-21-90 (8115000
RMG-21-100 (8120000)
RHB-31-40 (8023800)
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
* If the logarithmic temperature differences and the medium remain identical, then the same heat exchanger can be selected
even if the temperature profiles change. However, the maximum pressure loss can vary and must be checked accordingly.
Heat Exchangers

The new design tool provides easy selection

and calculation of your product solution:

https://www.reflex-winkelmann.com/reflexhex/?lang=en

147
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Water quality requirements

Corrosion resistance of brazed plate heat exchangers to waterborne Based on VDI 2035 and only permissible in respect
substances of sealed heating and c ooling systems. Deviating
The copper-brazed plate heat exchanger consists of embossed stainless steel applications must be individually checked as part
plates (alloy 1.4401). The corrosion behaviour of the stainless steel and the of project planning. Open systems are specified
copper brazing agent must therefore be taken into consideration. separately.
The following limiting values for waterborne substances should be observed
when designing a brazed plate heat exchanger

Element Value Element Value

water pH (at 25°C/77°F) 7–10 water hardness up to 50°C: 15°dH

electrical conductivity (open systems) up to 60°C: 8.4°dH
10-500 uS/cm
(open systems) 01,-16.8°dH
water hardness
electrical conductivity dependent on the system
10-1500 uS/cm (sealed systems)
(sealed systems) volume listed in VDI 2035
free ammonia NH3 <2.0 mg/l free chlorine Cl2 <0.4 mg/l
carbon dioxide CO2 <20 mg/l hydrogen sulphide H2S <0.04 mg/l
iron Fe 3+
<1.5 mg/l hydrogen carbonate HCO3- <250 mg/l
manganese Mn 2+
<0.1 mg/l sulphates SO32- <1.0 mg/l
chlorine Cl -
Fig.10 sulphide S2-
<1 mg/l
nitrate NO3- <80 mg/l nitrite NO2- <0.1 mg/l
sulphate SO42- <80 mg/l free aggressive carbonic
H2CO3 <20 mg/l
acid

Limit values for chlorides when using plate heat exchangers

1.400

1.200
Chloride content Cl-[mg/kg]

1.000
not
applicable
800

600
applicable
400 without issues

200

0 25 50 75 100

Temperature (°C)

Illustration Of Combined HVAC Components

1- Longtherm Plate Heat Exchanger
2- Exdirt V
3- Reflex N
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

4- Variomat
5- Fillsoft
6- Servitec
7- Sinus Buffer Tanks
Heat Exchangers

8- Reflex Storatherm Heat

2 8

1
6

5
3

148
 Digital Services

Digital
Services

Digital Services

149
 Digital Services

Reflex Added Values

Our digital services

Reflex Solutions Pro – award-winning ProSinusX – the product configurator

configuration software
From compact distributors across HydroFixx through to buffer storage tanks!
The Reflex Solutions Pro family for designing, dimensioning and offer prepa- ProSinusX allows qualified professionals and planners alike to individually
ration is available free of charge at reflex-winkelmann.com/en/services- configure Sinus products in just a few steps. The planner can start using
downloads/planning-calculations-and-software/reflex-pro. The configura- the new Sinus product configurator after entering the project's name and
tion software allows qualified professionals, planners, plant constructors and location. Registered users can save relevant projects and manage them at
engineers to plan and configure Reflex products and solutions effectively – any time. Highly compatible and easy to transfer – finalised plans can be
from pressure maintenance, water make-up and degassing systems through transferred to the user's CAD drawing software via most commonly used
to heat exchangers in the various areas of modern building and supply interfaces. The web-based application ensures that configured projects can
technology. Easy and intuitive – the entry of a few system parameters is all it be accessed at any time and from anywhere in the world. Preparation of
takes for the tool to deliver the right product solution for your project. individual tender documents is also possible (including in GAEB).

See Sinus price list section for more information.

Reflex Control Smart – control by app Augmented reality – explore excellent technology

For even more convenience the Reflex Control Smart provides Bluetooth Scan and explore! In a world growing in complexity where the demands put
access to the Servitec S and Servitec Mini on a smartphone. on building technology are increasing all the time, our Reflex City has also
evolved – it is smarter, more efficient and has many new features. We take
ZZ
Quick and easy commissioning you on a journey of discovery through our city, which is full of possibilities
and innovations. Explore our system solutions and products in use by means
ZZ
Parameterisation of the degassing mode (continuous or intermittent of augmented reality.
operation, number of cycles) including days of the week and time
ZZ
Maintenance and troubleshooting wizard

ZZ
System pressure checking

1 2 3
ZZ
Software updates for the
S can QR code Download the
system control Scan and discover
reflex.de/en/city Reflex Smart City app
ZZ
Fault message display the front pages

Now available
Digital Services

for Android and iOS

150
 Digital Services

Reflex website – practical sales support

Everything you need to know for your
day-to-day business

In addition to Reflex Pro, there are many more tools designed to

help you prepare offers, intensify technical know-how and support
you in day-to-day business quickly and easily at
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en, such as news, contact details,
service numbers, a convenient product search tool, product
brochures, user and assembly instructions, tender documents,
BIM data (Revit format), 2D and 3D product drawings for your
system planning, as well as standards and certificates.
Always relevant, always up to date.

Product search tool and documentation at

Our CAD web catalogue with BIM data
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/en (Revit format) can also be found here

Documentation Product range with key data at a glance Detailed product description and documents

Reflex is a 'Certified Manufacturer – Quality, Safety, Service'

The German Sanitation, Heating and Air Conditioning Association
(ZVSHK) follows a transparent procedure when awarding the 'Certi-
fied Manufacturer – Quality, Safety, Service' title to manufacturers
who provide the best possible support for the operational processes
of companies from the sanitation, heating and air conditioning sec-
tor. Accordingly, the ZVSHK quality mark symbolises performance at
its best according to the latest standards and gives fresh impetus
to the continuing improvement of manufacturers.
Digital Services

151
 Region Eastern Europe
Regional Sales Director :
Jacek Kieszkowski
Phone PL: +48 784 053 747
Phone RU: +7 965 218 9557
[email protected]

Reflex POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

Michal Polus
ul. Swojska 13 60-592
Poznan
Ahlen
Poland
Germany
Phone: +48 61 653 14 02
Region Western Europe Fax: +48 61 653 14 04
Regional Sales Director : [email protected]
Frédéric Passot www.reflex.pl
Mobile: +33 6 1295 4079
[email protected] Reflex SK, s.r.o.
Jozef Letrich
Reflex France Bernolákova 6088/14
Laurent Issert 03601 MARTIN
Tour Part-Dieu Slovakia
129 rue Servient Phone: +421 43 423 9154
69003 Lyon Fax: +421 43 423 0983
France [email protected]
Phone: +33 4 8191 9159 www.reflexsk.sk
[email protected]
Reflex CZ, s.r.o.
Reflex Nordic Region IMEA Vit Gabriel
Johan Roennblad Regional Sales Director : Sezemická 27/57/2
Ratakatu 6 Moustapha Fahmy 193 00 Prag 9
10300 Karjaa Mobile: +49 151 180 242 68 Czech Republic
Finland [email protected] Phone: +420 272 090 311
Mobile: +358 40 160 2288 Fax: +420 272 090 308
[email protected] Reflex Middle East FZE [email protected]
Dubai Silicon Oasis Building www.reflexcz.cz
Reflex Nederland B.V. Mohammed Sheik Farid
Dado Cukor Headquarter office A1-101 Reflex Russia, Kazakhstan
Fennaweg 55 Dubai Reflex Rus, ooo
2991 ZA Barendrecht United Arab Emirates Pavel Kurilov, Roman Kurchanov
The Netherlands Mobile: +971 50 1362 367 Prospect Andropova, 18,
Phone: +31 088 880 26 00 [email protected] building 6, office 5-07
[email protected] 115432 Moscow
www.reflexnederland.nl Reflex Egypt, Saudi, Libya Russia
Ashraf Zein Phone: +7 495 363 15 49
Reflex Belux Mobile: +20 100 1691 192 Fax: +7 495 363 15 84
Michel Blain [email protected] [email protected]
Zuiderlaan 14 www.reflex-rus.ru
1731 Asse (Zellik) Reflex Kuwait, Oman, Bahrain
Belgium Özgür Hündür Reflex Ukraine, Belarus, Caucasia
Phone: +32 2 808 20 50 Mobile: +90 541 805 5200 Anatol Pivtorak
[email protected] [email protected] Mobile: +380 67/408 33 69
[email protected]
Reflex UK + Ireland Reflex India
Tim Williams Manoj Madhu Reflex Lithuania
Manchester Business Park Mobile: +91 956 762 7750 Vygantas Milaknis
3000 Aviator Way, Manchester [email protected] Mobile: +370 687 27 817
Lancashire M22 5TG [email protected]
United Kingdom Reflex Qatar
Phone: +44 161 266 1330 Manoj Madhu Reflex Estonia
[email protected] Mobile: +974 7 710 3965 Ivar Pärn
www.reflexuk.co.uk [email protected] Mobile: +372 510 86 62
[email protected]
Reflex Portugal Reflex Maghreb
Antonio Miranda Algeria, Tunisia Reflex Latvia
Mobile: +35 1 912 960 331 Fatima-Zahra Zafou Agris Pavlukevics
[email protected] Mobile: +212 6 61 99 47 35 Mobile +371 29101453
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Reflex Spain Reflex Levant Reflex Turkey

Noella Alvarez Özgür Hündür Emir-Okan Inan
Mobile: +34 6 23182255 Mobile: +90 541 805 5200 Mobile: +90 530 825 24 76
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
 International Project Sales,
Technical Manager

Northern Europe & America

Region Central Europe Alae-Eddine Azzouzi
Regional Sales Director : Phone : +49 1520 6405528
André Schweitzer [email protected]
Reflex International
Reflex Winkelmann GmbH Western Europe
André Schweitzer Sales Administration Bart de Wandeler
Gersteinstraße 19 Phone: +32 495 30 20 84
59227 Ahlen Svea Vogel [email protected]
Germany Phone : +49 2382 7069 7059
Phone: +49 2382 7069 9710 [email protected] D-A-CH & Southern Europe
[email protected] Jörg Weidenmüller
www.reflex-winkelmann.com Lamia Aniba Phone: +49 151 23 22 06 33
Phone: +49 2382 7069 7006 [email protected]
Reflex Austria GmbH [email protected]
Alexander Sollböck Austria
Hirschstettner Strasse 19-21 Romana Flottmann Andreas Rüsing
BT. I/3. OG Phone: +49 2382 7069 7990 Phone: +49 151 18024207
1220 Vienna [email protected] [email protected]
Austria
Phone: +43 1 616 02 510 Felix Kühn Eastern Europe
Fax: +43 1 616/02 50 599 Phone: +49 2382 7069 7714 Michael Labedzki
[email protected] [email protected] Phone: +48 61 84 62 924
www.reflex-austria.at [email protected]
Izabella Piontkowska
Reflex Switzerland GmbH Phone: +48 56 68 84467 Arabian Gulf & Middle East
Ruedi Müller [email protected] Mohamed Sheik Farid
Rührbergweg 7 Phone: +971 50 136 23 67
4133 Pratteln Tanja Sell [email protected]
Switzerland Phone: +49 2382 7069 9571
Phone: +41 61 826 50 62 [email protected] Asia Pacific
[email protected] Daniel Testar
www.reflex-winkelmann.com/ch Jutta Strickmann Phone: +65 868 545 07
Phone : +49 2382 7069 9821 [email protected]
Reflex Hungary [email protected]
Peter Gosi China
Falk Miksa ú 4 Yvonne Horstmann XiaoFeng Zhang
1055 Budapest Phone: +49 2382 7069 9783 Phone: +86-21-57171822
Hungary [email protected] [email protected]
Phone/Fax: +36 133 180 82
Mobile: +36 309 311 850 Robert Lewandowski Data Centres International
[email protected] Phone: +48 56 6884472 Mitch Dodman
[email protected] Phone: +44 7713 515681
Reflex Italy [email protected]
Walter Bachmann
Phone: +39 348 688 1737
[email protected]
Region PR China Head of Project Sales
Reflex Balkans, Bulgaria Reflex (Shanghai) Heating & Matthias Feld
Tina Lamprinidou Energy Equipment Ltd. Co Phone: +49 2382 7069 9536
Phone: +30 210 67 14 737 Flicka Yang [email protected]
[email protected] No. 159 Renbao Rd.
Fengchen Town, Fenxian District Head of Trade Sales
Reflex Hellas A.E. 201408 Shanghai, P. R. China Kai-Hendrik Joswig
Tina Lamprinidou Phone: +86 21 57171822 Phone: +49 2382 7069 9722
Vouliagmenis Av. 165 Mobile: +86 13761358737 [email protected]
17237 Dafni [email protected]
Greece www.reflexcn.cn OEM Sales Director
Phone: +30 210 67 14 737 Pier Balloi
Fax: +30 210 67 14 738 Phone: +33 60 94 58 207
[email protected] [email protected]
[email protected]
Reflex Winkelmann Asia Pacific Pte Head of Sales Administration
Reflex Romania Ltd. Hendrik Westhölter
Andrei Stoican Dan Testar Phone: +49 2382 7069 9541
2nd District, 15 Oltetului Street, German Centre for Industry and Trade Fax: +49 2382 7069 39541
023871 Bucharest 25 International Business Park [email protected]
Romania # 04-68A German Centre
Phone: +40 318 170 713 Singapore 609916 Head of After Sales & Services
Fax: +40 133 180 82 Phone: +65 6913 6426 Ralf Siekmann
Mobile: +40 751 248 249 Mobile: +65 8685 4507 Phone: +49 2382 7069-7064
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
General Terms and Conditions
for Sale and Delivery of
Reflex Winkelmann GmbH
I. General III. Tender documents and intellectual property rights and/or the price of materials to the customer if they
are not compensated by a reduction of other cost fac-
1. These terms and conditions of sale apply only to nat- 1. We reserve the right of ownership and copyright on tors in the price structure. Similarly, we shall pass on
ural persons, entities or partnerships with legal per- illustrations, drawings, calculations and other docu- to the customer any non-compensated reduction in
sonality acting in their commercial or self-employed ments provided by us. They must not be made acces- wages or the price of materials. The customer also
capacity (entrepreneurs) at the time the contract is sible to third parties. In particular, the foregoing acknowledges that we shall be entitled to increase
concluded. applies to written documents marked 'Confidential'. prices if execution of the order necessitates further
The customer must obtain our explicit written consent substantial work processes and tools, which – espe-
2. Our terms and conditions of sale apply exclusively. We before passing on such documents to any third party.
do not accept any terms and conditions of the cus- cially in the case of first delivery – were unforesee-
tomer that are contrary to or differ from our terms and 2. If we are required to deliver objects based on draw- able based on the recognised state of the art and as
conditions of sale, unless we have explicitly agreed to ings, models or samples using tools, calculations or such not included in the preliminary costings upon
their validity in writing. Our terms and conditions of illustrations the customer has provided to us, then which the price agreements and contract negotia-
sale apply even if we send a delivery to the customer the customer warrants to us that the production and tions were based. Price increases pursuant to sen-
without reservation, despite being aware of terms and delivery of said objects will not infringe the intellec- tences 2 and 3 shall be made in accordance with sec-
conditions of the customer that are contrary to or dif- tual property rights of any third party. The obligation tions 315 and 316 of Germany's Civil Code (BGB). With
fer from our terms and conditions of sale. Our terms to check whether such tools and the objects to be regard to services not yet performed, the customer is
and conditions of sale also apply to all future transac- produced with them infringe the intellectual prop- entitled to terminate for cause in such cases. Services
tions with the customer, without the need to refer to erty rights of any third party in Germany or abroad is already performed shall be remunerated.
them again or to agree to them at the beginning of incumbent upon the customer exclusively, not us. 4. In the absence of an explicit written agreement,
the transaction. payment shall be made to us net cash, i.e. with-
3. If any third party prohibits us – making reference to
3. German law applies exclusively to all legal relation- an intellectual property right belonging to said party – out any deductions. Diverging terms of payment
ships, including these terms and conditions of sale. from producing or delivering objects made according must be agreed with us in writing. In particular, this
The UN Convention on Contracts for the International to drawings, models, samples, calculations, illustra- applies to longer payment periods, payments by bill
Sale of Goods (CISG) of 11 April 1980 is applicable if tions or using tools of the customer, then we shall be of exchange or cheque/bill of exchange procedures.
the buyer is domiciled in a country other than the entitled – without any obligation to review the factual Payment orders, cheques and bills of exchange are
country of our branch office. or legal situation – to discontinue production and only accepted in lieu of payment with any costs for
delivery, excluding any claims for damages on the part collection and discount being charged separately. No
4. Should any provision of these terms and conditions of of the customer, and to demand refund of the costs liability shall be assumed for presentation in due time
sale be or become invalid, in whole or in part, then this incurred and compensation for loss of profit. and protest. Cash on delivery charges shall be paid by
shall not affect the validity of the remaining provi- the customer.
sions. 4. The customer undertakes to hold us harmless from
any claims for damages asserted by any third party 5. Settlement discount shall only be granted in writing.
II. Offers and orders immediately when we so demand. The customer shall If settlement discount has been granted, then this
make an appropriate advance payment to us for any applies only to the price of the goods and not addi-
1. Any agreement made between us and the customer
direct or indirect damages arising from an infringe- tional expenses.
(orally, by phone, telegraph, email or fax) for the pur-
pose of executing this contract requires our written ment and assertion of possible intellectual property 6. We are entitled to determine the order of repayment if
confirmation to be valid. The foregoing also applies to rights. Said payment shall include the cost of consul- several claims are outstanding.
additional agreements and other commitments made. tations and proceedings incurred by us.
7. Unless otherwise stated in the order confirmation,
2. Our offer is non-binding. The buyer's order constitutes 5. Samples or drawings sent to us shall only be returned our invoices are due for payment immediately upon
a binding offer. The contract is concluded by sending on request. If an order does not materialise, then we receipt. The customer shall be in default 14 days
either a written order confirmation within ten days of shall be permitted to destroy samples and drawings after the due date and receipt of the invoice. Sec-
receipt of the order or the goods ordered to the buyer three months after the submission of the offer. tion 286(3) BGB remains unaffected in all other
within this period (acceptance). In the case of call- IV. Prices and payment respects.
off orders, the customer shall accept delivery no later
than ten months after the order is placed, unless oth- 1. Insofar as not otherwise stated in the order confir- 8. If the customer is in default of payment, then we shall
erwise agreed. The customer must request the call-off mation, our prices are 'ex works' and do not include be entitled to demand interest on arrears at a rate of
in good time but at least four weeks before delivery. freight or packaging, which will be invoiced separately. 8% above the respective base interest rate in accord-
In the case of freight-free return of crates and reus- ance with section 247 BGB. We are entitled to claim
3. The customer may only cancel orders confirmed by able packaging, a credit note will be issued for 2/3 of higher interest damages if we can substantiate them.
us for good cause. The right to rescind the contract the sum invoiced. The customer shall pay the rent for Assertion of additional damages caused by default
in accordance with statutory provisions and those hired railway-containers. is still reserved. Discounts and/or price reductions
agreed upon remains unaffected. This applies to suc- granted for the respective payment shall not apply
cessive delivery, blanket and/or call-off orders in par- 2. Our prices do not include value-added tax at the in the event of a default in payment, in the event of
ticular. statutory rate on the day of invoicing, which shall be collection becoming necessary or in the event of pay-
shown separately on the invoice. ment being suspended.
4. The customer shall not assign rights arising from our
contractual relationship to any third party without 3. In the case of continuing obligations, we reserve the 9. All payments shall be made in EUR to us, not to our
our prior written consent, where such consent shall right to make price adjustments. All prices are cal- commercial agents or contractors.
not be refused unreasonably. Section 354a of Ger- culated on the basis of the price and discount struc-
many's Commercial Code (HGB) remains unaffected. tures negotiated with the customer. In the event of an 10. The customer shall only be entitled to exercise a
increase in wages or the price of materials at least retention right or a setoff if its counterclaim is based
three months after the date of order confirmation, on the same contractual relationship.
we shall be entitled to pass on the increase in wages
V. Delivery periods ance with the provisions of section VIII. it has properly satisfied its obligation to inspect the
goods and give notice of defects in accordance with
1. The start of the delivery period stated by us presup- 3. We shall insure goods and/or transport in accordance section 377 HGB. The customer shall pay any costs
poses that all questions of a technical nature have with the customer's instructions and at its expense. arising from the inspection of incoming goods. Obvi-
been clarified with the customer and – if explicitly The customer shall be responsible for the settlement ous defects can only be notified in writing with an
agreed upon – that agreed down payments have of transport damages and/or losses. exact specification of them within seven days of the
been received. Under no account shall it begin before date on which risk transferred to the customer. Other
receipt of any documents, drawings, calculations or 4. Partial deliveries are permissible to an extent reason-
able for the customer, unless explicitly confirmed oth- defects must be notified without undue delay when
parts to be provided by the customer, as needed for they are discovered. Persons authorised to inspect
execution of the order. If type samples are to be sup- erwise in our order confirmation. In case of a partial
delivery contrary to the terms of the contract, a right defects are not entitled to acknowledge defects with
plied, then all delivery periods for serial delivery shall effect on us.
commence upon acceptance of the type sample. to rescind the contract shall only exist after the expiry
of a reasonable period for performance or subse- 4. We are only obliged to settle warranty claims of our
2. Delivery periods stated by us shall only be binding if quent performance and only insofar as the customer direct customer. If the direct customer has sold the
we explicitly state they are in writing. Compliance with demonstrates that it has no interest in partial perfor- goods to a third party, then the latter may not lodge
the delivery period is subject to correct and timely mance. a warranty claim against us directly, unless we have
delivery to us. We shall give notification of forth- agreed otherwise in an end-customer warranty or other
coming delays immediately. We shall be entitled to 5. The customer may not export our products outside
the EU without our prior written consent. Such explicit written agreement. If our direct customer requests
rescission of the contract in the event of goods being that we settle warranty claims with its customer and
unavailable or only partially available for reasons not consent is not required if the destination of the prod-
ucts and the customer's billing address are identical. we agree accordingly, then we reserve the right to
attributable to us. We shall inform the customer and demand compensation for our expenses and time,
refund the latter's advance payments without undue The customer shall ensure that its customers observe
this provision accordingly. especially if said warranty claims prove unjustified.
delay.

3. Compliance with our delivery obligation presupposes VII. Parts to be provided The customer shall hand over the rejected goods
timely and proper fulfilment of the customer's obliga- to us for inspection on request. If a notice of defect
1. Parts or packaging to be provided by the customer
tions. proves justified, then we are entitled, at our discre-
(e.g. pallets or mould shells) must be delivered to our
tion, to either render supplementary performance by
4. If the customer is in default of acceptance or infringes works carriage free and with a reserve in quantity of
way of remedial action or make a substitute deliv-
other obligations to cooperate, then we shall be 5 to 10% for any rejects or additional production in
ery. Alternatively, we can agree on a reduction of
entitled to demand compensation for the damage good time, in perfect condition, and in such quantities
the remuneration with the customer. In the case of
incurred by us and any additional expenses. The risk of as to facilitate uninterrupted processing at our works.
long-standing business relationships, a reduction of
accidental loss or deterioration of the delivered object 2. If parts to be provided are not delivered on time or the remuneration may be effected by issuing a credit
shall also pass to the customer from the moment at in sufficient quantity, then the customer is obliged to note for defective goods. In the event of subsequent
which it is in default of acceptance in such cases. reimburse any additional costs incurred as a result performance, we are obliged to pay all expenses aris-
of this and to compensate us for any ensuing dam- ing from the remedial action or substitute delivery,
5. We shall be entitled to deliver the goods at the
age. We reserve the right, at our discretion, to either including but not limited to transport, travel, work
customer's expense and the customer is obliged to
interrupt production and only resume it at a later and materials costs, unless we are entitled to refuse
accept the goods delivered by us if it has been agreed
date or, after informing the customer in good time to pay disproportionately high costs, e.g. in the event
that the customer shall collect or arrange for collec-
of our requirements, to cover our own requirements that the goods have been taken to a place other than
tion of the goods and this does not happen within one
and to charge the customer for the additional costs the place of performance or the agreed destination of
week of notification of readiness for collection. The
in such cases. In this case, all delivery periods shall be the goods. If the goods have been installed in another
customer shall be in default of acceptance in accord-
regarded as cancelled. item in accordance with their intended purpose, then
ance with point 4 from the moment it fails to accept
we may, at our discretion and subject to our right to
goods delivered in accordance with the first sentence VIII. Warranty for defects reduce disproportionate costs, remove the defective
of point 5 at the latest.
goods independently or reimburse the customer's
1. The agreed condition of the goods forms the basis of
6. Force majeure exempts us from performance of the costs for the removal. If it transpires that a request of
our liability for defects. Product descriptions marked
contract for the duration of the obstacle and either the customer for remedial action is unjustified, then
accordingly and provided to the buyer prior to its
party may rescind the contract if said duration exceeds we may demand reimbursement of the costs incurred
order or incorporated into the contract in the same
six months. Force majeure shall also include accidents from the customer.
manner as these terms and conditions of sale shall
or other causes that we could not foresee or avoid be deemed to be the agreement on the quality of the 5. If the subsequent performance fails, then the cus-
and that give rise to a postponement of our produc- goods. If the condition has not been agreed upon, then tomer is entitled, at its discretion, to rescind the con-
tion start or a partial or complete discontinuation of the existence of a defect shall be assessed in accord- tract or to reduce the remuneration by the amount by
work, such as an unforeseeable or unavoidable short- ance with statutory provisions (second and third sen- which the defect reduces the value of the defective
age of materials or fuel, difficulties in transportation tence of section 434(1) BGB). item as compared to the remuneration. Subsequent
or energy supply, disruptions within our or a supplier's
performance shall be deemed to have failed after two
operation and the late delivery of raw materials, tools 2. We provide a warranty for any defects in performance
unsuccessful attempts.
and machinery for the production ordered. that prevailed at the time of delivery. We provide a
warranty for the functionality of our products under 6. We shall be liable in accordance with statutory provi-
VI. Delivery and transfer of risk the conditions described in the instruction manual sions if we have unconditionally guaranteed the exist-
1. Unless otherwise stated in the order confirmation, supplied and with proper assembly and maintenance. ence of a particular characteristic and the customer
delivery 'ex works' is agreed upon. We always ship for If an instruction manual has not been supplied with asserts a claim due to the absence of said character-
the account and at the risk of the customer, even in the goods, then we shall send one to the customer istic. Guarantees are only given by us in writing and
the case of freight-free deliveries or transport with immediately on request. We are only obliged to check marked accordingly. In all other respects we shall only
our own vehicles. pressurised parts for tightness in our works if so doing be liable for impairment of performance in accordance
has been agreed upon separately. with the provisions of section VIII.
2. Packaging and dispatch are carried out to the best of
our judgement and we shall only be liable in accord- 3. The warranty rights of the customer presuppose that
7. Goods that we have recognised as defective shall be X. Tools objects at the time connection or processing occurred.
returned to us at our explicit request in the course of The same applies to the item resulting from connection
subsequent delivery. Any tool costs stated in our offer or in our confirma- or processing as to the goods delivered under reserva-
tion only constitute part of the material and labour cost tion of title.
8. In the event of a defective delivery, the customer shall component of the production costs actually incurred for
pay for the undisputed, faultless part of the delivery, as tools and shall be regarded as guide prices. Reimbursing 7. If the delivered item is inseparably mixed with other
well as for the cost of transport, packaging and pro rata this share of the tool costs does not afford the customer items not belonging to us, then we shall acquire co-
amount of value-added tax. ownership or a right to acquire ownership of the tools, ownership of the new item in the ratio of the real value
which shall remain our property and in our possession. of our item to the other mixed items at the time mixing
9. Claims for defects become statute-barred 24 months occurred. If the mixing is carried out such that the cus-
after the transfer of risk. This period shall not apply if XI. Retention of title tomer's item is to be regarded as the main item, then
the second sentence of section 438(1) BGB (buildings it is deemed as agreed upon that the customer shall
and items for buildings) or section 479(1) BGB (recourse 1. We reserve title of the delivered goods until full settle-
ment of all our claims arising from the business rela- transfer to us co-ownership on a pro rata basis. The
claims) or the second sentence of section 634a(1) BGB customer shall hold in custody for us the ensuing sole
(building defects) is pertinent and stipulates a longer tionship with the customer now and in the future.
ownership or co-ownership.
period or in the event of intent, fraudulent concealment 2. We shall be entitled to retrieve the goods if the customer
of the defect, failure to comply with an unconditional acts in breach of contract (in the event of a default in 8. The customer shall also assign to us the claims for
guarantee of durability or injury to life, limb or health. payment, in particular). The retrieval of the goods by us securing our claims, as arising from the business rela-
does not constitute a rescission of the contract, unless tionship, against the customer which arise against a
IX. Overall liability third party through the connection of the goods with
we have stated this explicitly in writing. Seizure of the
1. In cases not covered by our warranty obligation under goods by us shall always constitute rescission of the real property.
section VIII, we shall be liable to the customer for dam- contract. We shall be entitled to sell the goods after 9. Insofar as the customer may assert claims against
ages only in the following cases: their retrieval. Proceeds arising from the sale shall be insurers or other third parties due to damage, reduc-
set off against the customer's liabilities, less reasonable tion, loss or destruction of collateral or for other rea-
a) infringement of material contractual obligations (i.e. costs.
obligations upon which achievement of the contract sons, it hereby assigns such claims to us in advance.
purpose is dependent) due to ordinary negligence at 3. The customer is obliged to treat the goods with care 10. The customer is obliged to inform us immediately in
least; and, in particular, to sufficiently insure them at original writing of any attachment of the reserved goods or
value against damages arising from fire, water and theft assigned claims made by a third party (in particular
b) intentional or grossly negligent breach of non-essential at its own expense.
contractual obligations; seizures). The customer shall immediately send a copy
4. The customer is entitled to resell/dispose of the goods of the seizure report and an affidavit on the identity
c) culpable injury to life, limb or health; in the ordinary course of business. Disposal shall be of the seized goods in such cases. Insofar as the third
regarded as equivalent to installation in land or in party is not in a position to reimburse us for the judicial
d) defects we have fraudulently concealed or the absence
systems connected with buildings or utilisation in the and extrajudicial costs of our prosecution or defence,
of which we have guaranteed, or
course of performing other contracts for work and the in particular of a lawsuit in accordance with sec-
e) defects of the goods delivered, if and insofar as liabil- performance of work. tion 771 of Germany's Code of Civil Procedure (ZPO), the
ity is assumed under applicable provisions of Germa- customer shall be liable for the loss we incur.
ny's Product Liability Act (ProdHaftG). 5. The customer hereby assigns to us all claims in the
amount of the final invoice sum agreed with us (includ- 11. We undertake to release the collateral to which we are
2. If there is no gross negligence on the part of the gen- ing value-added tax) arising from disposal to its cus- entitled at the request of the customer to the extent
eral management or senior executives, then the obli- tomers or a third party, irrespective of whether the that the realisable value of our collateral exceeds the
gation to compensate damages in the cases under goods have been resold without or after being pro- claims to be secured by more than 20% or the nominal
section VIII. 1a)-b) shall be limited to the damage fore- cessed. The customer remains entitled to collect such value of the collateral by more than 50%. The decision
seeable and typical of the contract. claims even after an assignment. This shall not prejudice as to which collateral shall be released shall be made at
our entitlement to collect the claim independently. Nev- our discretion.
3. The customer may only claim damages in lieu of per-
ertheless, we undertake not to collect the claim as long 12. In countries in which a right similar to this reserva-
formance if we have been set a reasonable grace period
as the customer meets its payment obligations arising tion of title does not exist, the customer shall grant
for performance or subsequent performance of at least
from the proceeds collected, is not in default of pay- us – where possible as of now but otherwise upon
four weeks by registered letter. The same applies to the
ment and, in particular, no application for the opening first request – the type of collateral comparable in the
right to rescind the contract.
of insolvency proceedings has been filed or payments country concerned and cooperate in any additional
4. Insofar as our liability is excluded or limited, this shall suspended. Should this be the case, we may demand measures required for this to establish appropriate col-
also apply to the personal liability of our staff, repre- that the customer discloses to us the assigned claims lateral.
sentatives and agents. and associated debtors, provides all information neces-
sary for collection, surrenders the relevant documents XII.Places of jurisdiction and performance
5. Any contractual claim for damages shall become stat- and notifies the debtor (third party) of the assignment.
ute-barred 24 months after the transfer of risk. This 1. The exclusive place of jurisdiction shall be our place of
period shall not apply if the second sentence of sec- 6. The processing or transformation of the goods by the business. We are also entitled to bring an action against
tion 438(1) BGB (buildings and items for buildings) or customer is always made on our behalf. In particular, the customer at its place of business or the court of its
section 479(1) (recourse claims) or the second sentence we are considered the manufacturer within the mean- place of residence.
of section 634a(1) BGB (building defects) is pertinent ing of section 950 BGB. The customer's expectant right
to the goods shall continue in the new or transformed 2. Unless otherwise stated in the order confirmation, our
and stipulates a longer period or in the event of intent,
item. If the goods are connected or processed with other place of business is the place of performance for all
fraudulent concealment of the defect, failure to comply
objects not belonging to us, then we shall acquire co- obligations arising from the contractual relationship.
with an unconditional guarantee of durability or injury
to life, limb or health. ownership of the new item in the ratio of the real value
of our goods to the other connected or processed Ahlen, Germany, June 2019
Notes
Reflex Training Center, Ahlen Winkelmann Talent Center, Ahlen

Winkelmann Group, Ahlen

Reflex Winkelmann Headquarters, Ahlen

The Reflex brand name is well known in Europe and throughout the world as a major leader in pressure
control technology for heating, chilled and potable water applications. Our world wide growth has allowed
us to build several state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities supplying the industry with outstanding quality
products. Reflex Winkelmann GmbH having its headquarters in the Westfalian city of Ahlen is not only a
recognized leader in expansion vessels but also a significant manufacturer of advanced system solutions
such as compressor and pump-controlled pressurisation systems, automatic air separation systems and
hot water heaters.
 Reflex, Wabrzezno

Winkelmann, Legnica

Sinus, Wettringen

Reflex has achieved its significant global growth today thanks to the unique combination of its world-class
manufacturing skills, dedication to high-product quality at an affordable price and its commitment to
continuous technical training of its people, our most precious resource. Our tradition goes back to 1898.
This family oriented company started its core business in the elaboration of steel. A business in which
we are recognised leaders today. The Heinrich Winkelmann Group form the parent company to a whole
group of diversified manufacturing companies serving the heating segment and the whole automotive
industry with over 4.000 employees. A tradition of more than a hundred years in this business makes us
real experts today.
Notes
 RE2031en / 9130502 / IMEA
Subject to technical changes
The new generation Reflex design tool

rsp.reflex.de

Reflex Winkelmann GmbH

Gersteinstrasse 19
59227 Ahlen, Germany

Telephone : +49 2382 7069-0

Fax: +49 2382 7069-588

www.reflex.de